]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
1 | /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
2 | // Name: src/generic/grid.cpp | |
3 | // Purpose: wxGrid and related classes | |
4 | // Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn) | |
5 | // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios | |
6 | // Created: 1/08/1999 | |
7 | // RCS-ID: $Id$ | |
8 | // Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au) | |
9 | // Licence: wxWindows licence | |
10 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
11 | ||
12 | /* | |
13 | TODO: | |
14 | ||
15 | - Replace use of wxINVERT with wxOverlay | |
16 | - Make Begin/EndBatch() the same as the generic Freeze/Thaw() | |
17 | - Review the column reordering code, it's a mess. | |
18 | - Implement row reordering after dealing with the columns. | |
19 | */ | |
20 | ||
21 | // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h". | |
22 | #include "wx/wxprec.h" | |
23 | ||
24 | #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
25 | #pragma hdrstop | |
26 | #endif | |
27 | ||
28 | #if wxUSE_GRID | |
29 | ||
30 | #include "wx/grid.h" | |
31 | ||
32 | #ifndef WX_PRECOMP | |
33 | #include "wx/utils.h" | |
34 | #include "wx/dcclient.h" | |
35 | #include "wx/settings.h" | |
36 | #include "wx/log.h" | |
37 | #include "wx/textctrl.h" | |
38 | #include "wx/checkbox.h" | |
39 | #include "wx/combobox.h" | |
40 | #include "wx/valtext.h" | |
41 | #include "wx/intl.h" | |
42 | #include "wx/math.h" | |
43 | #include "wx/listbox.h" | |
44 | #endif | |
45 | ||
46 | #include "wx/textfile.h" | |
47 | #include "wx/spinctrl.h" | |
48 | #include "wx/tokenzr.h" | |
49 | #include "wx/renderer.h" | |
50 | #include "wx/headerctrl.h" | |
51 | #include "wx/hashset.h" | |
52 | ||
53 | #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h" | |
54 | #include "wx/generic/gridctrl.h" | |
55 | #include "wx/generic/grideditors.h" | |
56 | #include "wx/generic/private/grid.h" | |
57 | ||
58 | const char wxGridNameStr[] = "grid"; | |
59 | ||
60 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
61 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) | |
62 | #else | |
63 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) identifier | |
64 | #endif | |
65 | ||
66 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) | |
67 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) | |
68 | #else | |
69 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) identifier | |
70 | #endif | |
71 | ||
72 | // Required for wxIs... functions | |
73 | #include <ctype.h> | |
74 | ||
75 | WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET_WITH_DECL(int, wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual, | |
76 | wxGridFixedIndicesSet, class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); | |
77 | ||
78 | ||
79 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
80 | // globals | |
81 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
82 | ||
83 | //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
84 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
85 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0; | |
86 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0; | |
87 | #endif | |
88 | ||
89 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
90 | // constants | |
91 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
92 | ||
93 | wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 ); | |
94 | wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); | |
95 | ||
96 | namespace | |
97 | { | |
98 | ||
99 | // scroll line size | |
100 | const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15; | |
101 | const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; | |
102 | ||
103 | // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements | |
104 | // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns) | |
105 | const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100; | |
106 | ||
107 | // the minimal distance in pixels the mouse needs to move to start a drag | |
108 | // operation | |
109 | const int DRAG_SENSITIVITY = 3; | |
110 | ||
111 | } // anonymous namespace | |
112 | ||
113 | #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" | |
114 | ||
115 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray) | |
116 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray) | |
117 | ||
118 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
119 | // events | |
120 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
121 | ||
122 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, wxGridEvent ); | |
123 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, wxGridEvent ); | |
124 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent ); | |
125 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent ); | |
126 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, wxGridEvent ); | |
127 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, wxGridEvent ); | |
128 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, wxGridEvent ); | |
129 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent ); | |
130 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent ); | |
131 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, wxGridSizeEvent ); | |
132 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, wxGridSizeEvent ); | |
133 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, wxGridEvent ); | |
134 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SORT, wxGridEvent ); | |
135 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, wxGridRangeSelectEvent ); | |
136 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING, wxGridEvent ); | |
137 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED, wxGridEvent ); | |
138 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, wxGridEvent ); | |
139 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN, wxGridEvent ); | |
140 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN, wxGridEvent ); | |
141 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, wxGridEditorCreatedEvent ); | |
142 | ||
143 | // ============================================================================ | |
144 | // implementation | |
145 | // ============================================================================ | |
146 | ||
147 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler) | |
148 | ||
149 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler ) | |
150 | EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus ) | |
151 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown ) | |
152 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar ) | |
153 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
154 | ||
155 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridHeaderCtrl, wxHeaderCtrl) | |
156 | EVT_HEADER_CLICK(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnClick) | |
157 | ||
158 | EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_RESIZE(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnBeginResize) | |
159 | EVT_HEADER_RESIZING(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnResizing) | |
160 | EVT_HEADER_END_RESIZE(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnEndResize) | |
161 | ||
162 | EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_REORDER(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnBeginReorder) | |
163 | EVT_HEADER_END_REORDER(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnEndReorder) | |
164 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
165 | ||
166 | wxGridOperations& wxGridRowOperations::Dual() const | |
167 | { | |
168 | static wxGridColumnOperations s_colOper; | |
169 | ||
170 | return s_colOper; | |
171 | } | |
172 | ||
173 | wxGridOperations& wxGridColumnOperations::Dual() const | |
174 | { | |
175 | static wxGridRowOperations s_rowOper; | |
176 | ||
177 | return s_rowOper; | |
178 | } | |
179 | ||
180 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
181 | // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for | |
182 | // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting | |
183 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
184 | ||
185 | void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params)) | |
186 | { | |
187 | // nothing to do | |
188 | } | |
189 | ||
190 | wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker() | |
191 | { | |
192 | } | |
193 | ||
194 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
195 | // wxGridCellAttr | |
196 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
197 | ||
198 | void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault) | |
199 | { | |
200 | m_isReadOnly = Unset; | |
201 | ||
202 | m_renderer = NULL; | |
203 | m_editor = NULL; | |
204 | ||
205 | m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell; | |
206 | ||
207 | m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1; | |
208 | m_overflow = UnsetOverflow; | |
209 | ||
210 | SetDefAttr(attrDefault); | |
211 | } | |
212 | ||
213 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const | |
214 | { | |
215 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr); | |
216 | ||
217 | if ( HasTextColour() ) | |
218 | attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour()); | |
219 | if ( HasBackgroundColour() ) | |
220 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour()); | |
221 | if ( HasFont() ) | |
222 | attr->SetFont(GetFont()); | |
223 | if ( HasAlignment() ) | |
224 | attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign); | |
225 | ||
226 | attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols ); | |
227 | ||
228 | if ( m_renderer ) | |
229 | { | |
230 | attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer); | |
231 | m_renderer->IncRef(); | |
232 | } | |
233 | if ( m_editor ) | |
234 | { | |
235 | attr->SetEditor(m_editor); | |
236 | m_editor->IncRef(); | |
237 | } | |
238 | ||
239 | if ( IsReadOnly() ) | |
240 | attr->SetReadOnly(); | |
241 | ||
242 | attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow ); | |
243 | attr->SetKind( m_attrkind ); | |
244 | ||
245 | return attr; | |
246 | } | |
247 | ||
248 | void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom) | |
249 | { | |
250 | if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() ) | |
251 | SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour()); | |
252 | if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() ) | |
253 | SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
254 | if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() ) | |
255 | SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont()); | |
256 | if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() ) | |
257 | { | |
258 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
259 | mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign); | |
260 | SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); | |
261 | } | |
262 | if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() ) | |
263 | mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols ); | |
264 | ||
265 | // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return | |
266 | // m_renderer/m_editor | |
267 | // | |
268 | // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor? | |
269 | if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() ) | |
270 | { | |
271 | m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer; | |
272 | m_renderer->IncRef(); | |
273 | } | |
274 | if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() ) | |
275 | { | |
276 | m_editor = mergefrom->m_editor; | |
277 | m_editor->IncRef(); | |
278 | } | |
279 | if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() ) | |
280 | SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly()); | |
281 | ||
282 | if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() ) | |
283 | SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow()); | |
284 | ||
285 | SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr); | |
286 | } | |
287 | ||
288 | void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols) | |
289 | { | |
290 | // The size of a cell is normally 1,1 | |
291 | ||
292 | // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell | |
293 | // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be | |
294 | // set to negative or zero values such that | |
295 | // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell) | |
296 | // same goes for the col + num_cols. | |
297 | ||
298 | // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value | |
299 | ||
300 | wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) || | |
301 | !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) || | |
302 | !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))), | |
303 | wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values")); | |
304 | ||
305 | m_sizeRows = num_rows; | |
306 | m_sizeCols = num_cols; | |
307 | } | |
308 | ||
309 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const | |
310 | { | |
311 | if (HasTextColour()) | |
312 | { | |
313 | return m_colText; | |
314 | } | |
315 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
316 | { | |
317 | return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour(); | |
318 | } | |
319 | else | |
320 | { | |
321 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
322 | return wxNullColour; | |
323 | } | |
324 | } | |
325 | ||
326 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const | |
327 | { | |
328 | if (HasBackgroundColour()) | |
329 | { | |
330 | return m_colBack; | |
331 | } | |
332 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
333 | { | |
334 | return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
335 | } | |
336 | else | |
337 | { | |
338 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
339 | return wxNullColour; | |
340 | } | |
341 | } | |
342 | ||
343 | const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const | |
344 | { | |
345 | if (HasFont()) | |
346 | { | |
347 | return m_font; | |
348 | } | |
349 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
350 | { | |
351 | return m_defGridAttr->GetFont(); | |
352 | } | |
353 | else | |
354 | { | |
355 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
356 | return wxNullFont; | |
357 | } | |
358 | } | |
359 | ||
360 | void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const | |
361 | { | |
362 | if (HasAlignment()) | |
363 | { | |
364 | if ( hAlign ) | |
365 | *hAlign = m_hAlign; | |
366 | if ( vAlign ) | |
367 | *vAlign = m_vAlign; | |
368 | } | |
369 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
370 | { | |
371 | m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); | |
372 | } | |
373 | else | |
374 | { | |
375 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
376 | } | |
377 | } | |
378 | ||
379 | void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const | |
380 | { | |
381 | if ( num_rows ) | |
382 | *num_rows = m_sizeRows; | |
383 | if ( num_cols ) | |
384 | *num_cols = m_sizeCols; | |
385 | } | |
386 | ||
387 | // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about | |
388 | // which attribute to use. If a non-default attr object has one then it is | |
389 | // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and | |
390 | // used. It should be the default for the data type of the cell. If it is | |
391 | // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its | |
392 | // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used. | |
393 | ||
394 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const | |
395 | { | |
396 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL; | |
397 | ||
398 | if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr ) | |
399 | { | |
400 | // use the cells renderer if it has one | |
401 | renderer = m_renderer; | |
402 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
403 | } | |
404 | else // no non-default cell renderer | |
405 | { | |
406 | // get default renderer for the data type | |
407 | if ( grid ) | |
408 | { | |
409 | // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us | |
410 | renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col); | |
411 | } | |
412 | ||
413 | if ( renderer == NULL ) | |
414 | { | |
415 | if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) ) | |
416 | { | |
417 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default | |
418 | // (no need for IncRef() here neither) | |
419 | renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); | |
420 | } | |
421 | else // default grid attr | |
422 | { | |
423 | // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially | |
424 | renderer = m_renderer; | |
425 | if ( renderer ) | |
426 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
427 | } | |
428 | } | |
429 | } | |
430 | ||
431 | // we're supposed to always find something | |
432 | wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer")); | |
433 | ||
434 | return renderer; | |
435 | } | |
436 | ||
437 | // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g | |
438 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const | |
439 | { | |
440 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL; | |
441 | ||
442 | if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr ) | |
443 | { | |
444 | // use the cells editor if it has one | |
445 | editor = m_editor; | |
446 | editor->IncRef(); | |
447 | } | |
448 | else // no non default cell editor | |
449 | { | |
450 | // get default editor for the data type | |
451 | if ( grid ) | |
452 | { | |
453 | // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us | |
454 | editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col); | |
455 | } | |
456 | ||
457 | if ( editor == NULL ) | |
458 | { | |
459 | if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) ) | |
460 | { | |
461 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default | |
462 | // (no need for IncRef() here neither) | |
463 | editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0); | |
464 | } | |
465 | else // default grid attr | |
466 | { | |
467 | // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially | |
468 | editor = m_editor; | |
469 | if ( editor ) | |
470 | editor->IncRef(); | |
471 | } | |
472 | } | |
473 | } | |
474 | ||
475 | // we're supposed to always find something | |
476 | wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor")); | |
477 | ||
478 | return editor; | |
479 | } | |
480 | ||
481 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
482 | // wxGridCellAttrData | |
483 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
484 | ||
485 | void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col) | |
486 | { | |
487 | // Note: contrary to wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr, we must not | |
488 | // touch attribute's reference counting explicitly, since this | |
489 | // is managed by class wxGridCellWithAttr | |
490 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); | |
491 | if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
492 | { | |
493 | if ( attr ) | |
494 | { | |
495 | // add the attribute | |
496 | m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr)); | |
497 | } | |
498 | //else: nothing to do | |
499 | } | |
500 | else // we already have an attribute for this cell | |
501 | { | |
502 | if ( attr ) | |
503 | { | |
504 | // change the attribute | |
505 | m_attrs[(size_t)n].ChangeAttr(attr); | |
506 | } | |
507 | else | |
508 | { | |
509 | // remove this attribute | |
510 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
511 | } | |
512 | } | |
513 | } | |
514 | ||
515 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const | |
516 | { | |
517 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; | |
518 | ||
519 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); | |
520 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
521 | { | |
522 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr; | |
523 | attr->IncRef(); | |
524 | } | |
525 | ||
526 | return attr; | |
527 | } | |
528 | ||
529 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) | |
530 | { | |
531 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
532 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
533 | { | |
534 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
535 | wxCoord row = coords.GetRow(); | |
536 | if ((size_t)row >= pos) | |
537 | { | |
538 | if (numRows > 0) | |
539 | { | |
540 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
541 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); | |
542 | } | |
543 | else if (numRows < 0) | |
544 | { | |
545 | // If rows deleted ... | |
546 | if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows) | |
547 | { | |
548 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... | |
549 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); | |
550 | } | |
551 | else | |
552 | { | |
553 | // ...or remove the attribute | |
554 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
555 | n--; | |
556 | count--; | |
557 | } | |
558 | } | |
559 | } | |
560 | } | |
561 | } | |
562 | ||
563 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) | |
564 | { | |
565 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
566 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
567 | { | |
568 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
569 | wxCoord col = coords.GetCol(); | |
570 | if ( (size_t)col >= pos ) | |
571 | { | |
572 | if ( numCols > 0 ) | |
573 | { | |
574 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
575 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); | |
576 | } | |
577 | else if (numCols < 0) | |
578 | { | |
579 | // If rows deleted ... | |
580 | if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols) | |
581 | { | |
582 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... | |
583 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); | |
584 | } | |
585 | else | |
586 | { | |
587 | // ...or remove the attribute | |
588 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
589 | n--; | |
590 | count--; | |
591 | } | |
592 | } | |
593 | } | |
594 | } | |
595 | } | |
596 | ||
597 | int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const | |
598 | { | |
599 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
600 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
601 | { | |
602 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
603 | if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) ) | |
604 | { | |
605 | return n; | |
606 | } | |
607 | } | |
608 | ||
609 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
610 | } | |
611 | ||
612 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
613 | // wxGridRowOrColAttrData | |
614 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
615 | ||
616 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData() | |
617 | { | |
618 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
619 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
620 | { | |
621 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
622 | } | |
623 | } | |
624 | ||
625 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const | |
626 | { | |
627 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; | |
628 | ||
629 | int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); | |
630 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
631 | { | |
632 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n]; | |
633 | attr->IncRef(); | |
634 | } | |
635 | ||
636 | return attr; | |
637 | } | |
638 | ||
639 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol) | |
640 | { | |
641 | int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); | |
642 | if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
643 | { | |
644 | if ( attr ) | |
645 | { | |
646 | // store the new attribute, taking its ownership | |
647 | m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol); | |
648 | m_attrs.Add(attr); | |
649 | } | |
650 | // nothing to remove | |
651 | } | |
652 | else // we have an attribute for this row or column | |
653 | { | |
654 | size_t n = (size_t)i; | |
655 | ||
656 | // notice that this code works correctly even when the old attribute is | |
657 | // the same as the new one: as we own of it, we must call DecRef() on | |
658 | // it in any case and this won't result in destruction of the new | |
659 | // attribute if it's the same as old one because it must have ref count | |
660 | // of at least 2 to be passed to us while we keep a reference to it too | |
661 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
662 | ||
663 | if ( attr ) | |
664 | { | |
665 | // replace the attribute with the new one | |
666 | m_attrs[n] = attr; | |
667 | } | |
668 | else // remove the attribute | |
669 | { | |
670 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n); | |
671 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
672 | } | |
673 | } | |
674 | } | |
675 | ||
676 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ) | |
677 | { | |
678 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
679 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
680 | { | |
681 | int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n]; | |
682 | if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos ) | |
683 | { | |
684 | if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 ) | |
685 | { | |
686 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
687 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; | |
688 | } | |
689 | else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0) | |
690 | { | |
691 | // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists) | |
692 | if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols) | |
693 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; | |
694 | else | |
695 | { | |
696 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n); | |
697 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
698 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
699 | n--; | |
700 | count--; | |
701 | } | |
702 | } | |
703 | } | |
704 | } | |
705 | } | |
706 | ||
707 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
708 | // wxGridCellAttrProvider | |
709 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
710 | ||
711 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider() | |
712 | { | |
713 | m_data = NULL; | |
714 | } | |
715 | ||
716 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider() | |
717 | { | |
718 | delete m_data; | |
719 | } | |
720 | ||
721 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData() | |
722 | { | |
723 | m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData; | |
724 | } | |
725 | ||
726 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col, | |
727 | wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind ) const | |
728 | { | |
729 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; | |
730 | if ( m_data ) | |
731 | { | |
732 | switch (kind) | |
733 | { | |
734 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Any): | |
735 | // Get cached merge attributes. | |
736 | // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable | |
737 | // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col); | |
738 | if (!attr) | |
739 | { | |
740 | // Basically implement old version. | |
741 | // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time.. | |
742 | wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); | |
743 | wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); | |
744 | wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); | |
745 | ||
746 | if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol)) | |
747 | { | |
748 | // Two or more are non NULL | |
749 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
750 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged); | |
751 | ||
752 | // Order is important.. | |
753 | if (attrcell) | |
754 | { | |
755 | attr->MergeWith(attrcell); | |
756 | attrcell->DecRef(); | |
757 | } | |
758 | if (attrcol) | |
759 | { | |
760 | attr->MergeWith(attrcol); | |
761 | attrcol->DecRef(); | |
762 | } | |
763 | if (attrrow) | |
764 | { | |
765 | attr->MergeWith(attrrow); | |
766 | attrrow->DecRef(); | |
767 | } | |
768 | ||
769 | // store merge attr if cache implemented | |
770 | //attr->IncRef(); | |
771 | //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
772 | } | |
773 | else | |
774 | { | |
775 | // one or none is non null return it or null. | |
776 | if (attrrow) | |
777 | attr = attrrow; | |
778 | if (attrcol) | |
779 | { | |
780 | if (attr) | |
781 | attr->DecRef(); | |
782 | attr = attrcol; | |
783 | } | |
784 | if (attrcell) | |
785 | { | |
786 | if (attr) | |
787 | attr->DecRef(); | |
788 | attr = attrcell; | |
789 | } | |
790 | } | |
791 | } | |
792 | break; | |
793 | ||
794 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell): | |
795 | attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); | |
796 | break; | |
797 | ||
798 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Col): | |
799 | attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); | |
800 | break; | |
801 | ||
802 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Row): | |
803 | attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); | |
804 | break; | |
805 | ||
806 | default: | |
807 | // unused as yet... | |
808 | // (wxGridCellAttr::Default): | |
809 | // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged): | |
810 | break; | |
811 | } | |
812 | } | |
813 | ||
814 | return attr; | |
815 | } | |
816 | ||
817 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, | |
818 | int row, int col) | |
819 | { | |
820 | if ( !m_data ) | |
821 | InitData(); | |
822 | ||
823 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
824 | } | |
825 | ||
826 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) | |
827 | { | |
828 | if ( !m_data ) | |
829 | InitData(); | |
830 | ||
831 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row); | |
832 | } | |
833 | ||
834 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) | |
835 | { | |
836 | if ( !m_data ) | |
837 | InitData(); | |
838 | ||
839 | m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col); | |
840 | } | |
841 | ||
842 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) | |
843 | { | |
844 | if ( m_data ) | |
845 | { | |
846 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); | |
847 | ||
848 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows ); | |
849 | } | |
850 | } | |
851 | ||
852 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) | |
853 | { | |
854 | if ( m_data ) | |
855 | { | |
856 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
857 | ||
858 | m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
859 | } | |
860 | } | |
861 | ||
862 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
863 | // wxGridTableBase | |
864 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
865 | ||
866 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject ) | |
867 | ||
868 | wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase() | |
869 | { | |
870 | m_view = NULL; | |
871 | m_attrProvider = NULL; | |
872 | } | |
873 | ||
874 | wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase() | |
875 | { | |
876 | delete m_attrProvider; | |
877 | } | |
878 | ||
879 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider) | |
880 | { | |
881 | delete m_attrProvider; | |
882 | m_attrProvider = attrProvider; | |
883 | } | |
884 | ||
885 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes() | |
886 | { | |
887 | if ( ! GetAttrProvider() ) | |
888 | { | |
889 | // use the default attr provider by default | |
890 | SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider); | |
891 | } | |
892 | ||
893 | return true; | |
894 | } | |
895 | ||
896 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind) | |
897 | { | |
898 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
899 | return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind); | |
900 | else | |
901 | return NULL; | |
902 | } | |
903 | ||
904 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col) | |
905 | { | |
906 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
907 | { | |
908 | if ( attr ) | |
909 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell); | |
910 | m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
911 | } | |
912 | else | |
913 | { | |
914 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
915 | // free it now | |
916 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
917 | } | |
918 | } | |
919 | ||
920 | void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) | |
921 | { | |
922 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
923 | { | |
924 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row); | |
925 | m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row); | |
926 | } | |
927 | else | |
928 | { | |
929 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
930 | // free it now | |
931 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
932 | } | |
933 | } | |
934 | ||
935 | void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) | |
936 | { | |
937 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
938 | { | |
939 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col); | |
940 | m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col); | |
941 | } | |
942 | else | |
943 | { | |
944 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
945 | // free it now | |
946 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
947 | } | |
948 | } | |
949 | ||
950 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
951 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
952 | { | |
953 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") ); | |
954 | ||
955 | return false; | |
956 | } | |
957 | ||
958 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
959 | { | |
960 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
961 | ||
962 | return false; | |
963 | } | |
964 | ||
965 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
966 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
967 | { | |
968 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
969 | ||
970 | return false; | |
971 | } | |
972 | ||
973 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
974 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
975 | { | |
976 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
977 | ||
978 | return false; | |
979 | } | |
980 | ||
981 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
982 | { | |
983 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
984 | ||
985 | return false; | |
986 | } | |
987 | ||
988 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
989 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
990 | { | |
991 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
992 | ||
993 | return false; | |
994 | } | |
995 | ||
996 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
997 | { | |
998 | wxString s; | |
999 | ||
1000 | // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users, | |
1001 | // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks. | |
1002 | s << row + 1; | |
1003 | ||
1004 | return s; | |
1005 | } | |
1006 | ||
1007 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
1008 | { | |
1009 | // default col labels are: | |
1010 | // cols 0 to 25 : A-Z | |
1011 | // cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ | |
1012 | // etc. | |
1013 | ||
1014 | wxString s; | |
1015 | unsigned int i, n; | |
1016 | for ( n = 1; ; n++ ) | |
1017 | { | |
1018 | s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26)); | |
1019 | col = col / 26 - 1; | |
1020 | if ( col < 0 ) | |
1021 | break; | |
1022 | } | |
1023 | ||
1024 | // reverse the string... | |
1025 | wxString s2; | |
1026 | for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ ) | |
1027 | { | |
1028 | s2 += s[n - i - 1]; | |
1029 | } | |
1030 | ||
1031 | return s2; | |
1032 | } | |
1033 | ||
1034 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
1035 | { | |
1036 | return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; | |
1037 | } | |
1038 | ||
1039 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
1040 | const wxString& typeName ) | |
1041 | { | |
1042 | return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; | |
1043 | } | |
1044 | ||
1045 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName ) | |
1046 | { | |
1047 | return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName); | |
1048 | } | |
1049 | ||
1050 | long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
1051 | { | |
1052 | return 0; | |
1053 | } | |
1054 | ||
1055 | double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
1056 | { | |
1057 | return 0.0; | |
1058 | } | |
1059 | ||
1060 | bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
1061 | { | |
1062 | return false; | |
1063 | } | |
1064 | ||
1065 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
1066 | long WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
1067 | { | |
1068 | } | |
1069 | ||
1070 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
1071 | double WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
1072 | { | |
1073 | } | |
1074 | ||
1075 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
1076 | bool WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
1077 | { | |
1078 | } | |
1079 | ||
1080 | void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
1081 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) ) | |
1082 | { | |
1083 | return NULL; | |
1084 | } | |
1085 | ||
1086 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
1087 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName), | |
1088 | void* WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
1089 | { | |
1090 | } | |
1091 | ||
1092 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
1093 | // | |
1094 | // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications | |
1095 | // to the grid view | |
1096 | // | |
1097 | ||
1098 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage() | |
1099 | { | |
1100 | m_table = NULL; | |
1101 | m_id = -1; | |
1102 | m_comInt1 = -1; | |
1103 | m_comInt2 = -1; | |
1104 | } | |
1105 | ||
1106 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id, | |
1107 | int commandInt1, int commandInt2 ) | |
1108 | { | |
1109 | m_table = table; | |
1110 | m_id = id; | |
1111 | m_comInt1 = commandInt1; | |
1112 | m_comInt2 = commandInt2; | |
1113 | } | |
1114 | ||
1115 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
1116 | // | |
1117 | // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will | |
1118 | // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class. | |
1119 | // | |
1120 | ||
1121 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray) | |
1122 | ||
1123 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase ) | |
1124 | ||
1125 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable() | |
1126 | : wxGridTableBase() | |
1127 | { | |
1128 | m_numCols = 0; | |
1129 | } | |
1130 | ||
1131 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols ) | |
1132 | : wxGridTableBase() | |
1133 | { | |
1134 | m_numCols = numCols; | |
1135 | ||
1136 | m_data.Alloc( numRows ); | |
1137 | ||
1138 | wxArrayString sa; | |
1139 | sa.Alloc( numCols ); | |
1140 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols ); | |
1141 | ||
1142 | m_data.Add( sa, numRows ); | |
1143 | } | |
1144 | ||
1145 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col ) | |
1146 | { | |
1147 | wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
1148 | wxEmptyString, | |
1149 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
1150 | ||
1151 | return m_data[row][col]; | |
1152 | } | |
1153 | ||
1154 | void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value ) | |
1155 | { | |
1156 | wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
1157 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
1158 | ||
1159 | m_data[row][col] = value; | |
1160 | } | |
1161 | ||
1162 | void wxGridStringTable::Clear() | |
1163 | { | |
1164 | int row, col; | |
1165 | int numRows, numCols; | |
1166 | ||
1167 | numRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
1168 | if ( numRows > 0 ) | |
1169 | { | |
1170 | numCols = m_data[0].GetCount(); | |
1171 | ||
1172 | for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) | |
1173 | { | |
1174 | for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ ) | |
1175 | { | |
1176 | m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString; | |
1177 | } | |
1178 | } | |
1179 | } | |
1180 | } | |
1181 | ||
1182 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) | |
1183 | { | |
1184 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
1185 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
1186 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
1187 | ||
1188 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) | |
1189 | { | |
1190 | return AppendRows( numRows ); | |
1191 | } | |
1192 | ||
1193 | wxArrayString sa; | |
1194 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); | |
1195 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols ); | |
1196 | m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows ); | |
1197 | ||
1198 | if ( GetView() ) | |
1199 | { | |
1200 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
1201 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED, | |
1202 | pos, | |
1203 | numRows ); | |
1204 | ||
1205 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
1206 | } | |
1207 | ||
1208 | return true; | |
1209 | } | |
1210 | ||
1211 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows ) | |
1212 | { | |
1213 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
1214 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 | |
1215 | ? m_data[0].GetCount() | |
1216 | : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
1217 | ||
1218 | wxArrayString sa; | |
1219 | if ( curNumCols > 0 ) | |
1220 | { | |
1221 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); | |
1222 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols ); | |
1223 | } | |
1224 | ||
1225 | m_data.Add( sa, numRows ); | |
1226 | ||
1227 | if ( GetView() ) | |
1228 | { | |
1229 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
1230 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED, | |
1231 | numRows ); | |
1232 | ||
1233 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
1234 | } | |
1235 | ||
1236 | return true; | |
1237 | } | |
1238 | ||
1239 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) | |
1240 | { | |
1241 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
1242 | ||
1243 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) | |
1244 | { | |
1245 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format | |
1246 | ( | |
1247 | wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"), | |
1248 | (unsigned long)pos, | |
1249 | (unsigned long)numRows, | |
1250 | (unsigned long)curNumRows | |
1251 | ) ); | |
1252 | ||
1253 | return false; | |
1254 | } | |
1255 | ||
1256 | if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos ) | |
1257 | { | |
1258 | numRows = curNumRows - pos; | |
1259 | } | |
1260 | ||
1261 | if ( numRows >= curNumRows ) | |
1262 | { | |
1263 | m_data.Clear(); | |
1264 | } | |
1265 | else | |
1266 | { | |
1267 | m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); | |
1268 | } | |
1269 | ||
1270 | if ( GetView() ) | |
1271 | { | |
1272 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
1273 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED, | |
1274 | pos, | |
1275 | numRows ); | |
1276 | ||
1277 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
1278 | } | |
1279 | ||
1280 | return true; | |
1281 | } | |
1282 | ||
1283 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) | |
1284 | { | |
1285 | size_t row, col; | |
1286 | ||
1287 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
1288 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 | |
1289 | ? m_data[0].GetCount() | |
1290 | : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
1291 | ||
1292 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) | |
1293 | { | |
1294 | return AppendCols( numCols ); | |
1295 | } | |
1296 | ||
1297 | if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() ) | |
1298 | { | |
1299 | m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols ); | |
1300 | ||
1301 | size_t i; | |
1302 | for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ ) | |
1303 | m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i ); | |
1304 | } | |
1305 | ||
1306 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
1307 | { | |
1308 | for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ ) | |
1309 | { | |
1310 | m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col ); | |
1311 | } | |
1312 | } | |
1313 | ||
1314 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
1315 | ||
1316 | if ( GetView() ) | |
1317 | { | |
1318 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
1319 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED, | |
1320 | pos, | |
1321 | numCols ); | |
1322 | ||
1323 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
1324 | } | |
1325 | ||
1326 | return true; | |
1327 | } | |
1328 | ||
1329 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols ) | |
1330 | { | |
1331 | size_t row; | |
1332 | ||
1333 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
1334 | ||
1335 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
1336 | { | |
1337 | m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols ); | |
1338 | } | |
1339 | ||
1340 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
1341 | ||
1342 | if ( GetView() ) | |
1343 | { | |
1344 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
1345 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED, | |
1346 | numCols ); | |
1347 | ||
1348 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
1349 | } | |
1350 | ||
1351 | return true; | |
1352 | } | |
1353 | ||
1354 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) | |
1355 | { | |
1356 | size_t row; | |
1357 | ||
1358 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
1359 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
1360 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
1361 | ||
1362 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) | |
1363 | { | |
1364 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format | |
1365 | ( | |
1366 | wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"), | |
1367 | (unsigned long)pos, | |
1368 | (unsigned long)numCols, | |
1369 | (unsigned long)curNumCols | |
1370 | ) ); | |
1371 | return false; | |
1372 | } | |
1373 | ||
1374 | int colID; | |
1375 | if ( GetView() ) | |
1376 | colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos ); | |
1377 | else | |
1378 | colID = pos; | |
1379 | ||
1380 | if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID ) | |
1381 | { | |
1382 | numCols = curNumCols - colID; | |
1383 | } | |
1384 | ||
1385 | if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() ) | |
1386 | { | |
1387 | // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only | |
1388 | // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one | |
1389 | // element and not numCols, so account for it | |
1390 | int nToRm = m_colLabels.size() - colID; | |
1391 | if ( nToRm > 0 ) | |
1392 | m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, nToRm ); | |
1393 | } | |
1394 | ||
1395 | if ( numCols >= curNumCols ) | |
1396 | { | |
1397 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
1398 | { | |
1399 | m_data[row].Clear(); | |
1400 | } | |
1401 | ||
1402 | m_numCols = 0; | |
1403 | } | |
1404 | else // something will be left | |
1405 | { | |
1406 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
1407 | { | |
1408 | m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols ); | |
1409 | } | |
1410 | ||
1411 | m_numCols -= numCols; | |
1412 | } | |
1413 | ||
1414 | if ( GetView() ) | |
1415 | { | |
1416 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
1417 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED, | |
1418 | pos, | |
1419 | numCols ); | |
1420 | ||
1421 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
1422 | } | |
1423 | ||
1424 | return true; | |
1425 | } | |
1426 | ||
1427 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
1428 | { | |
1429 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
1430 | { | |
1431 | // using default label | |
1432 | // | |
1433 | return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row ); | |
1434 | } | |
1435 | else | |
1436 | { | |
1437 | return m_rowLabels[row]; | |
1438 | } | |
1439 | } | |
1440 | ||
1441 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
1442 | { | |
1443 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
1444 | { | |
1445 | // using default label | |
1446 | // | |
1447 | return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col ); | |
1448 | } | |
1449 | else | |
1450 | { | |
1451 | return m_colLabels[col]; | |
1452 | } | |
1453 | } | |
1454 | ||
1455 | void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value ) | |
1456 | { | |
1457 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
1458 | { | |
1459 | int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount(); | |
1460 | int i; | |
1461 | ||
1462 | for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ ) | |
1463 | { | |
1464 | m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) ); | |
1465 | } | |
1466 | } | |
1467 | ||
1468 | m_rowLabels[row] = value; | |
1469 | } | |
1470 | ||
1471 | void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value ) | |
1472 | { | |
1473 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
1474 | { | |
1475 | int n = m_colLabels.GetCount(); | |
1476 | int i; | |
1477 | ||
1478 | for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ ) | |
1479 | { | |
1480 | m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) ); | |
1481 | } | |
1482 | } | |
1483 | ||
1484 | m_colLabels[col] = value; | |
1485 | } | |
1486 | ||
1487 | ||
1488 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
1489 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
1490 | ||
1491 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow) | |
1492 | EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost) | |
1493 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
1494 | ||
1495 | void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) | |
1496 | { | |
1497 | m_owner->CancelMouseCapture(); | |
1498 | } | |
1499 | ||
1500 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) | |
1501 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
1502 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
1503 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
1504 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
1505 | ||
1506 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
1507 | { | |
1508 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
1509 | ||
1510 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin | |
1511 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to | |
1512 | // set the y coord - MB | |
1513 | // | |
1514 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
1515 | ||
1516 | int x, y; | |
1517 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); | |
1518 | wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin(); | |
1519 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y ); | |
1520 | ||
1521 | wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); | |
1522 | m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows ); | |
1523 | } | |
1524 | ||
1525 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
1526 | { | |
1527 | m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
1528 | } | |
1529 | ||
1530 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
1531 | { | |
1532 | if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event )) | |
1533 | event.Skip(); | |
1534 | } | |
1535 | ||
1536 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
1537 | ||
1538 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) | |
1539 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
1540 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
1541 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
1542 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
1543 | ||
1544 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
1545 | { | |
1546 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
1547 | ||
1548 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin | |
1549 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to | |
1550 | // set the x coord - MB | |
1551 | // | |
1552 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
1553 | ||
1554 | int x, y; | |
1555 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); | |
1556 | wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin(); | |
1557 | if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft) | |
1558 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y ); | |
1559 | else | |
1560 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y ); | |
1561 | ||
1562 | wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); | |
1563 | m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols ); | |
1564 | } | |
1565 | ||
1566 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
1567 | { | |
1568 | m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
1569 | } | |
1570 | ||
1571 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
1572 | { | |
1573 | if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event )) | |
1574 | event.Skip(); | |
1575 | } | |
1576 | ||
1577 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
1578 | ||
1579 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) | |
1580 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
1581 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
1582 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
1583 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
1584 | ||
1585 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
1586 | { | |
1587 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
1588 | ||
1589 | m_owner->DrawCornerLabel(dc); | |
1590 | } | |
1591 | ||
1592 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
1593 | { | |
1594 | m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
1595 | } | |
1596 | ||
1597 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
1598 | { | |
1599 | if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event)) | |
1600 | event.Skip(); | |
1601 | } | |
1602 | ||
1603 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
1604 | ||
1605 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) | |
1606 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint ) | |
1607 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
1608 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
1609 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
1610 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
1611 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar ) | |
1612 | EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus ) | |
1613 | EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus ) | |
1614 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground ) | |
1615 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
1616 | ||
1617 | void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
1618 | { | |
1619 | wxPaintDC dc( this ); | |
1620 | m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
1621 | wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion(); | |
1622 | wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg ); | |
1623 | m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells ); | |
1624 | ||
1625 | m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc ); | |
1626 | ||
1627 | m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg ); | |
1628 | ||
1629 | m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells ); | |
1630 | } | |
1631 | ||
1632 | void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ) | |
1633 | { | |
1634 | wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect ); | |
1635 | m_owner->GetGridRowLabelWindow()->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect ); | |
1636 | m_owner->GetGridColLabelWindow()->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect ); | |
1637 | } | |
1638 | ||
1639 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
1640 | { | |
1641 | if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this) | |
1642 | SetFocus(); | |
1643 | ||
1644 | m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event ); | |
1645 | } | |
1646 | ||
1647 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
1648 | { | |
1649 | if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event )) | |
1650 | event.Skip(); | |
1651 | } | |
1652 | ||
1653 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse | |
1654 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
1655 | // | |
1656 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
1657 | { | |
1658 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
1659 | event.Skip(); | |
1660 | } | |
1661 | ||
1662 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
1663 | { | |
1664 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
1665 | event.Skip(); | |
1666 | } | |
1667 | ||
1668 | void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
1669 | { | |
1670 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
1671 | event.Skip(); | |
1672 | } | |
1673 | ||
1674 | void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
1675 | { | |
1676 | } | |
1677 | ||
1678 | void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) | |
1679 | { | |
1680 | // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it | |
1681 | // uses different colour when the grid is not focused: | |
1682 | if ( m_owner->IsSelection() ) | |
1683 | { | |
1684 | Refresh(); | |
1685 | } | |
1686 | else | |
1687 | { | |
1688 | // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other | |
1689 | // branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling | |
1690 | // Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if | |
1691 | // !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh | |
1692 | // only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else" | |
1693 | // branch so that it's always executed. | |
1694 | ||
1695 | // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change: | |
1696 | const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(), | |
1697 | m_owner->GetGridCursorCol()); | |
1698 | const wxRect cursor = | |
1699 | m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords); | |
1700 | Refresh(true, &cursor); | |
1701 | } | |
1702 | ||
1703 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
1704 | event.Skip(); | |
1705 | } | |
1706 | ||
1707 | #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true) | |
1708 | #define internalYToRow(y) YToRow(y, true) | |
1709 | ||
1710 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
1711 | ||
1712 | #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI | |
1713 | WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) | |
1714 | ||
1715 | wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) | |
1716 | // new style border flags, we put them first to | |
1717 | // use them for streaming out | |
1718 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) | |
1719 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) | |
1720 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) | |
1721 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) | |
1722 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) | |
1723 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) | |
1724 | ||
1725 | // old style border flags | |
1726 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) | |
1727 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) | |
1728 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) | |
1729 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) | |
1730 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) | |
1731 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) | |
1732 | ||
1733 | // standard window styles | |
1734 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) | |
1735 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) | |
1736 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) | |
1737 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) | |
1738 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) | |
1739 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) | |
1740 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) | |
1741 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) | |
1742 | ||
1743 | wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) | |
1744 | ||
1745 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h") | |
1746 | ||
1747 | wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid) | |
1748 | wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children ) | |
1749 | wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style | |
1750 | wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() | |
1751 | ||
1752 | wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid) | |
1753 | wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE() | |
1754 | ||
1755 | wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle ) | |
1756 | ||
1757 | /* | |
1758 | TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo) | |
1759 | */ | |
1760 | #else | |
1761 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) | |
1762 | #endif | |
1763 | ||
1764 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) | |
1765 | EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint ) | |
1766 | EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize ) | |
1767 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown ) | |
1768 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp ) | |
1769 | EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar ) | |
1770 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground ) | |
1771 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
1772 | ||
1773 | bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
1774 | const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, | |
1775 | long style, const wxString& name) | |
1776 | { | |
1777 | if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size, | |
1778 | style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name)) | |
1779 | return false; | |
1780 | ||
1781 | m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE); | |
1782 | m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE); | |
1783 | ||
1784 | Create(); | |
1785 | SetInitialSize(size); | |
1786 | SetScrollRate(m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY); | |
1787 | CalcDimensions(); | |
1788 | ||
1789 | return true; | |
1790 | } | |
1791 | ||
1792 | wxGrid::~wxGrid() | |
1793 | { | |
1794 | if ( m_winCapture ) | |
1795 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
1796 | ||
1797 | // Ensure that the editor control is destroyed before the grid is, | |
1798 | // otherwise we crash later when the editor tries to do something with the | |
1799 | // half destroyed grid | |
1800 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
1801 | ||
1802 | // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler | |
1803 | SetTargetWindow(this); | |
1804 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
1805 | wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
1806 | ||
1807 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
1808 | size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses; | |
1809 | wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: " | |
1810 | "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"), | |
1811 | total, gs_nAttrCacheHits, | |
1812 | total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0); | |
1813 | #endif | |
1814 | ||
1815 | // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it | |
1816 | // with dangling view pointer | |
1817 | if ( m_ownTable ) | |
1818 | delete m_table; | |
1819 | else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this ) | |
1820 | m_table->SetView(NULL); | |
1821 | ||
1822 | delete m_typeRegistry; | |
1823 | delete m_selection; | |
1824 | ||
1825 | delete m_setFixedRows; | |
1826 | delete m_setFixedCols; | |
1827 | } | |
1828 | ||
1829 | // | |
1830 | // ----- internal init and update functions | |
1831 | // | |
1832 | ||
1833 | // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can | |
1834 | // be removed as well as the #else cases below. | |
1835 | #define _USE_VISATTR 0 | |
1836 | ||
1837 | void wxGrid::Create() | |
1838 | { | |
1839 | // create the type registry | |
1840 | m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry; | |
1841 | ||
1842 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false; | |
1843 | ||
1844 | m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr(); | |
1845 | ||
1846 | // Set default cell attributes | |
1847 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
1848 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default); | |
1849 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont()); | |
1850 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP); | |
1851 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer); | |
1852 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor); | |
1853 | ||
1854 | #if _USE_VISATTR | |
1855 | wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes(); | |
1856 | wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes(); | |
1857 | ||
1858 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg); | |
1859 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg); | |
1860 | ||
1861 | #else | |
1862 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour( | |
1863 | wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT)); | |
1864 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour( | |
1865 | wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW)); | |
1866 | #endif | |
1867 | ||
1868 | m_numRows = 0; | |
1869 | m_numCols = 0; | |
1870 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
1871 | ||
1872 | // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid | |
1873 | m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow(this); | |
1874 | CreateColumnWindow(); | |
1875 | m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow(this); | |
1876 | m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this ); | |
1877 | ||
1878 | SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin ); | |
1879 | ||
1880 | #if _USE_VISATTR | |
1881 | wxColour gfg = gva.colFg; | |
1882 | wxColour gbg = gva.colBg; | |
1883 | wxColour lfg = lva.colFg; | |
1884 | wxColour lbg = lva.colBg; | |
1885 | #else | |
1886 | wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT ); | |
1887 | wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW ); | |
1888 | wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT ); | |
1889 | wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE ); | |
1890 | #endif | |
1891 | ||
1892 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); | |
1893 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); | |
1894 | m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); | |
1895 | m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); | |
1896 | m_colWindow->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); | |
1897 | m_colWindow->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); | |
1898 | ||
1899 | m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg); | |
1900 | m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg); | |
1901 | ||
1902 | m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
1903 | m_labelTextColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetForegroundColour(); | |
1904 | ||
1905 | // now that we have the grid window, use its font to compute the default | |
1906 | // row height | |
1907 | m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight(); | |
1908 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl() | |
1909 | m_defaultRowHeight += 8; | |
1910 | #else | |
1911 | m_defaultRowHeight += 4; | |
1912 | #endif | |
1913 | ||
1914 | } | |
1915 | ||
1916 | void wxGrid::CreateColumnWindow() | |
1917 | { | |
1918 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
1919 | { | |
1920 | m_colWindow = new wxGridHeaderCtrl(this); | |
1921 | m_colLabelHeight = m_colWindow->GetBestSize().y; | |
1922 | } | |
1923 | else // draw labels ourselves | |
1924 | { | |
1925 | m_colWindow = new wxGridColLabelWindow(this); | |
1926 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; | |
1927 | } | |
1928 | } | |
1929 | ||
1930 | bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols, | |
1931 | wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) | |
1932 | { | |
1933 | wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created, | |
1934 | false, | |
1935 | wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") ); | |
1936 | ||
1937 | return SetTable(new wxGridStringTable(numRows, numCols), true, selmode); | |
1938 | } | |
1939 | ||
1940 | void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGridSelectionModes selmode) | |
1941 | { | |
1942 | wxCHECK_RET( m_created, | |
1943 | wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
1944 | ||
1945 | m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode ); | |
1946 | } | |
1947 | ||
1948 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const | |
1949 | { | |
1950 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGridSelectCells, | |
1951 | wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
1952 | ||
1953 | return m_selection->GetSelectionMode(); | |
1954 | } | |
1955 | ||
1956 | bool | |
1957 | wxGrid::SetTable(wxGridTableBase *table, | |
1958 | bool takeOwnership, | |
1959 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) | |
1960 | { | |
1961 | bool checkSelection = false; | |
1962 | if ( m_created ) | |
1963 | { | |
1964 | // stop all processing | |
1965 | m_created = false; | |
1966 | ||
1967 | if (m_table) | |
1968 | { | |
1969 | m_table->SetView(0); | |
1970 | if( m_ownTable ) | |
1971 | delete m_table; | |
1972 | m_table = NULL; | |
1973 | } | |
1974 | ||
1975 | delete m_selection; | |
1976 | m_selection = NULL; | |
1977 | ||
1978 | m_ownTable = false; | |
1979 | m_numRows = 0; | |
1980 | m_numCols = 0; | |
1981 | checkSelection = true; | |
1982 | ||
1983 | // kill row and column size arrays | |
1984 | m_colWidths.Empty(); | |
1985 | m_colRights.Empty(); | |
1986 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); | |
1987 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); | |
1988 | } | |
1989 | ||
1990 | if (table) | |
1991 | { | |
1992 | m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows(); | |
1993 | m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols(); | |
1994 | ||
1995 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
1996 | GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); | |
1997 | ||
1998 | m_table = table; | |
1999 | m_table->SetView( this ); | |
2000 | m_ownTable = takeOwnership; | |
2001 | m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode ); | |
2002 | if (checkSelection) | |
2003 | { | |
2004 | // If the newly set table is smaller than the | |
2005 | // original one current cell and selection regions | |
2006 | // might be invalid, | |
2007 | m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
2008 | m_currentCellCoords = | |
2009 | wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()), | |
2010 | wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol())); | |
2011 | if (m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows || | |
2012 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols) | |
2013 | { | |
2014 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
2015 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
2016 | } | |
2017 | else | |
2018 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = | |
2019 | wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, | |
2020 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow()), | |
2021 | wxMin(m_numCols, | |
2022 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol())); | |
2023 | } | |
2024 | CalcDimensions(); | |
2025 | ||
2026 | m_created = true; | |
2027 | } | |
2028 | ||
2029 | return m_created; | |
2030 | } | |
2031 | ||
2032 | void wxGrid::Init() | |
2033 | { | |
2034 | m_created = false; | |
2035 | ||
2036 | m_cornerLabelWin = NULL; | |
2037 | m_rowLabelWin = NULL; | |
2038 | m_colWindow = NULL; | |
2039 | m_gridWin = NULL; | |
2040 | ||
2041 | m_table = NULL; | |
2042 | m_ownTable = false; | |
2043 | ||
2044 | m_selection = NULL; | |
2045 | m_defaultCellAttr = NULL; | |
2046 | m_typeRegistry = NULL; | |
2047 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
2048 | ||
2049 | m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; | |
2050 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; | |
2051 | ||
2052 | m_setFixedRows = | |
2053 | m_setFixedCols = NULL; | |
2054 | ||
2055 | // init attr cache | |
2056 | m_attrCache.row = -1; | |
2057 | m_attrCache.col = -1; | |
2058 | m_attrCache.attr = NULL; | |
2059 | ||
2060 | m_labelFont = GetFont(); | |
2061 | m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD ); | |
2062 | ||
2063 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
2064 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
2065 | ||
2066 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
2067 | m_colLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
2068 | m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL; | |
2069 | ||
2070 | m_defaultColWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH; | |
2071 | m_defaultRowHeight = 0; // this will be initialized after creation | |
2072 | ||
2073 | m_minAcceptableColWidth = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH; | |
2074 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT; | |
2075 | ||
2076 | m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 ); | |
2077 | m_gridLinesEnabled = true; | |
2078 | m_gridLinesClipHorz = | |
2079 | m_gridLinesClipVert = true; | |
2080 | m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK; | |
2081 | m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2; | |
2082 | m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1; | |
2083 | ||
2084 | m_canDragColMove = false; | |
2085 | ||
2086 | m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL; | |
2087 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
2088 | m_canDragRowSize = true; | |
2089 | m_canDragColSize = true; | |
2090 | m_canDragGridSize = true; | |
2091 | m_canDragCell = false; | |
2092 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
2093 | m_dragRowOrCol = -1; | |
2094 | m_isDragging = false; | |
2095 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
2096 | ||
2097 | m_sortCol = wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2098 | m_sortIsAscending = true; | |
2099 | ||
2100 | m_useNativeHeader = | |
2101 | m_nativeColumnLabels = false; | |
2102 | ||
2103 | m_waitForSlowClick = false; | |
2104 | ||
2105 | m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS ); | |
2106 | m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE ); | |
2107 | ||
2108 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
2109 | ||
2110 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = | |
2111 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = | |
2112 | m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
2113 | ||
2114 | m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT); | |
2115 | m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT); | |
2116 | ||
2117 | m_editable = true; // default for whole grid | |
2118 | ||
2119 | m_inOnKeyDown = false; | |
2120 | m_batchCount = 0; | |
2121 | ||
2122 | m_extraWidth = | |
2123 | m_extraHeight = 0; | |
2124 | ||
2125 | m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; | |
2126 | m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y; | |
2127 | } | |
2128 | ||
2129 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2130 | // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create | |
2131 | // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if | |
2132 | // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these | |
2133 | // arrays at all | |
2134 | // | |
2135 | // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights | |
2136 | // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but | |
2137 | // this is not done currently | |
2138 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2139 | ||
2140 | void wxGrid::InitRowHeights() | |
2141 | { | |
2142 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); | |
2143 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); | |
2144 | ||
2145 | m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows ); | |
2146 | m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows ); | |
2147 | ||
2148 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows ); | |
2149 | ||
2150 | int rowBottom = 0; | |
2151 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
2152 | { | |
2153 | rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight; | |
2154 | m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom ); | |
2155 | } | |
2156 | } | |
2157 | ||
2158 | void wxGrid::InitColWidths() | |
2159 | { | |
2160 | m_colWidths.Empty(); | |
2161 | m_colRights.Empty(); | |
2162 | ||
2163 | m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
2164 | m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
2165 | ||
2166 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols ); | |
2167 | ||
2168 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
2169 | { | |
2170 | int colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth; | |
2171 | m_colRights.Add( colRight ); | |
2172 | } | |
2173 | } | |
2174 | ||
2175 | int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const | |
2176 | { | |
2177 | return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col]; | |
2178 | } | |
2179 | ||
2180 | int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const | |
2181 | { | |
2182 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth | |
2183 | : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col]; | |
2184 | } | |
2185 | ||
2186 | int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const | |
2187 | { | |
2188 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth | |
2189 | : m_colRights[col]; | |
2190 | } | |
2191 | ||
2192 | int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const | |
2193 | { | |
2194 | return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row]; | |
2195 | } | |
2196 | ||
2197 | int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const | |
2198 | { | |
2199 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight | |
2200 | : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row]; | |
2201 | } | |
2202 | ||
2203 | int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const | |
2204 | { | |
2205 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight | |
2206 | : m_rowBottoms[row]; | |
2207 | } | |
2208 | ||
2209 | void wxGrid::CalcDimensions() | |
2210 | { | |
2211 | // compute the size of the scrollable area | |
2212 | int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0; | |
2213 | int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0; | |
2214 | ||
2215 | w += m_extraWidth; | |
2216 | h += m_extraHeight; | |
2217 | ||
2218 | // take into account editor if shown | |
2219 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
2220 | { | |
2221 | int w2, h2; | |
2222 | int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
2223 | int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
2224 | int x = GetColLeft(c); | |
2225 | int y = GetRowTop(r); | |
2226 | ||
2227 | // how big is the editor | |
2228 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c); | |
2229 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c); | |
2230 | editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2); | |
2231 | w2 += x; | |
2232 | h2 += y; | |
2233 | if ( w2 > w ) | |
2234 | w = w2; | |
2235 | if ( h2 > h ) | |
2236 | h = h2; | |
2237 | editor->DecRef(); | |
2238 | attr->DecRef(); | |
2239 | } | |
2240 | ||
2241 | // preserve (more or less) the previous position | |
2242 | int x, y; | |
2243 | GetViewStart( &x, &y ); | |
2244 | ||
2245 | // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges | |
2246 | if ( x >= w ) | |
2247 | x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 ); | |
2248 | if ( y >= h ) | |
2249 | y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 ); | |
2250 | ||
2251 | // update the virtual size and refresh the scrollbars to reflect it | |
2252 | m_gridWin->SetVirtualSize(w, h); | |
2253 | Scroll(x, y); | |
2254 | AdjustScrollbars(); | |
2255 | ||
2256 | // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we | |
2257 | // still must reposition the children | |
2258 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
2259 | } | |
2260 | ||
2261 | wxSize wxGrid::GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget(const wxSize& size) | |
2262 | { | |
2263 | wxSize sizeGridWin(size); | |
2264 | sizeGridWin.x -= m_rowLabelWidth; | |
2265 | sizeGridWin.y -= m_colLabelHeight; | |
2266 | ||
2267 | return sizeGridWin; | |
2268 | } | |
2269 | ||
2270 | void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes() | |
2271 | { | |
2272 | // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet | |
2273 | ||
2274 | if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL ) | |
2275 | return; | |
2276 | ||
2277 | int cw, ch; | |
2278 | GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
2279 | ||
2280 | // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't | |
2281 | // size the windows to negative sizes in this case | |
2282 | int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth; | |
2283 | int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight; | |
2284 | if (gw < 0) | |
2285 | gw = 0; | |
2286 | if (gh < 0) | |
2287 | gh = 0; | |
2288 | ||
2289 | if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
2290 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight ); | |
2291 | ||
2292 | if ( m_colWindow && m_colWindow->IsShown() ) | |
2293 | m_colWindow->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight ); | |
2294 | ||
2295 | if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
2296 | m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh ); | |
2297 | ||
2298 | if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() ) | |
2299 | m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh ); | |
2300 | } | |
2301 | ||
2302 | // this is called when the grid table sends a message | |
2303 | // to indicate that it has been redimensioned | |
2304 | // | |
2305 | bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) | |
2306 | { | |
2307 | int i; | |
2308 | bool result = false; | |
2309 | ||
2310 | // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different | |
2311 | // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns. | |
2312 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
2313 | ||
2314 | // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are | |
2315 | // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be | |
2316 | // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes. | |
2317 | // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the | |
2318 | // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist. | |
2319 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
2320 | ||
2321 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) | |
2322 | { | |
2323 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: | |
2324 | { | |
2325 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
2326 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
2327 | ||
2328 | m_numRows += numRows; | |
2329 | ||
2330 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
2331 | { | |
2332 | m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows ); | |
2333 | m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows ); | |
2334 | ||
2335 | int bottom = 0; | |
2336 | if ( pos > 0 ) | |
2337 | bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1]; | |
2338 | ||
2339 | for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
2340 | { | |
2341 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
2342 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; | |
2343 | } | |
2344 | } | |
2345 | ||
2346 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
2347 | { | |
2348 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
2349 | // cell will be undefined... | |
2350 | // | |
2351 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
2352 | } | |
2353 | ||
2354 | if ( m_selection ) | |
2355 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows ); | |
2356 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
2357 | if (attrProvider) | |
2358 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); | |
2359 | ||
2360 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
2361 | { | |
2362 | CalcDimensions(); | |
2363 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
2364 | } | |
2365 | } | |
2366 | result = true; | |
2367 | break; | |
2368 | ||
2369 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: | |
2370 | { | |
2371 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
2372 | int oldNumRows = m_numRows; | |
2373 | m_numRows += numRows; | |
2374 | ||
2375 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
2376 | { | |
2377 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows ); | |
2378 | m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows ); | |
2379 | ||
2380 | int bottom = 0; | |
2381 | if ( oldNumRows > 0 ) | |
2382 | bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1]; | |
2383 | ||
2384 | for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
2385 | { | |
2386 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
2387 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; | |
2388 | } | |
2389 | } | |
2390 | ||
2391 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
2392 | { | |
2393 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
2394 | // cell will be undefined... | |
2395 | // | |
2396 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
2397 | } | |
2398 | ||
2399 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
2400 | { | |
2401 | CalcDimensions(); | |
2402 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
2403 | } | |
2404 | } | |
2405 | result = true; | |
2406 | break; | |
2407 | ||
2408 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: | |
2409 | { | |
2410 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
2411 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
2412 | m_numRows -= numRows; | |
2413 | ||
2414 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
2415 | { | |
2416 | m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); | |
2417 | m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); | |
2418 | ||
2419 | int h = 0; | |
2420 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
2421 | { | |
2422 | h += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
2423 | m_rowBottoms[i] = h; | |
2424 | } | |
2425 | } | |
2426 | ||
2427 | if ( !m_numRows ) | |
2428 | { | |
2429 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
2430 | } | |
2431 | else | |
2432 | { | |
2433 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows ) | |
2434 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); | |
2435 | } | |
2436 | ||
2437 | if ( m_selection ) | |
2438 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); | |
2439 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
2440 | if (attrProvider) | |
2441 | { | |
2442 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); | |
2443 | ||
2444 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans | |
2445 | #if 0 | |
2446 | // No need to touch column attributes, unless we | |
2447 | // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove | |
2448 | // all column attributes. | |
2449 | // I hate to do this here, but the | |
2450 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows. | |
2451 | if ( !GetNumberRows() ) | |
2452 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() ); | |
2453 | #endif | |
2454 | } | |
2455 | ||
2456 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
2457 | { | |
2458 | CalcDimensions(); | |
2459 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
2460 | } | |
2461 | } | |
2462 | result = true; | |
2463 | break; | |
2464 | ||
2465 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: | |
2466 | { | |
2467 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
2468 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
2469 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
2470 | ||
2471 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
2472 | GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); | |
2473 | ||
2474 | if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) | |
2475 | { | |
2476 | //Shift the column IDs | |
2477 | int i; | |
2478 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ ) | |
2479 | { | |
2480 | if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos ) | |
2481 | m_colAt[i] += numCols; | |
2482 | } | |
2483 | ||
2484 | m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols ); | |
2485 | ||
2486 | //Set the new columns' positions | |
2487 | for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ ) | |
2488 | { | |
2489 | m_colAt[i] = i; | |
2490 | } | |
2491 | } | |
2492 | ||
2493 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
2494 | { | |
2495 | m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols ); | |
2496 | m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols ); | |
2497 | ||
2498 | int right = 0; | |
2499 | if ( pos > 0 ) | |
2500 | right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )]; | |
2501 | ||
2502 | int colPos; | |
2503 | for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
2504 | { | |
2505 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
2506 | ||
2507 | right += m_colWidths[i]; | |
2508 | m_colRights[i] = right; | |
2509 | } | |
2510 | } | |
2511 | ||
2512 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
2513 | { | |
2514 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
2515 | // cell will be undefined... | |
2516 | // | |
2517 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
2518 | } | |
2519 | ||
2520 | if ( m_selection ) | |
2521 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols ); | |
2522 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
2523 | if (attrProvider) | |
2524 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
2525 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
2526 | { | |
2527 | CalcDimensions(); | |
2528 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
2529 | } | |
2530 | } | |
2531 | result = true; | |
2532 | break; | |
2533 | ||
2534 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: | |
2535 | { | |
2536 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
2537 | int oldNumCols = m_numCols; | |
2538 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
2539 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
2540 | GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); | |
2541 | ||
2542 | if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) | |
2543 | { | |
2544 | m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols ); | |
2545 | ||
2546 | //Set the new columns' positions | |
2547 | int i; | |
2548 | for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
2549 | { | |
2550 | m_colAt[i] = i; | |
2551 | } | |
2552 | } | |
2553 | ||
2554 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
2555 | { | |
2556 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols ); | |
2557 | m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols ); | |
2558 | ||
2559 | int right = 0; | |
2560 | if ( oldNumCols > 0 ) | |
2561 | right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )]; | |
2562 | ||
2563 | int colPos; | |
2564 | for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
2565 | { | |
2566 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
2567 | ||
2568 | right += m_colWidths[i]; | |
2569 | m_colRights[i] = right; | |
2570 | } | |
2571 | } | |
2572 | ||
2573 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
2574 | { | |
2575 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
2576 | // cell will be undefined... | |
2577 | // | |
2578 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
2579 | } | |
2580 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
2581 | { | |
2582 | CalcDimensions(); | |
2583 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
2584 | } | |
2585 | } | |
2586 | result = true; | |
2587 | break; | |
2588 | ||
2589 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: | |
2590 | { | |
2591 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
2592 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
2593 | m_numCols -= numCols; | |
2594 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
2595 | GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); | |
2596 | ||
2597 | if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) | |
2598 | { | |
2599 | int colID = GetColAt( pos ); | |
2600 | ||
2601 | m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); | |
2602 | ||
2603 | //Shift the column IDs | |
2604 | int colPos; | |
2605 | for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
2606 | { | |
2607 | if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID ) | |
2608 | m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols; | |
2609 | } | |
2610 | } | |
2611 | ||
2612 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
2613 | { | |
2614 | m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); | |
2615 | m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); | |
2616 | ||
2617 | int w = 0; | |
2618 | int colPos; | |
2619 | for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
2620 | { | |
2621 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
2622 | ||
2623 | w += m_colWidths[i]; | |
2624 | m_colRights[i] = w; | |
2625 | } | |
2626 | } | |
2627 | ||
2628 | if ( !m_numCols ) | |
2629 | { | |
2630 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
2631 | } | |
2632 | else | |
2633 | { | |
2634 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols ) | |
2635 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); | |
2636 | } | |
2637 | ||
2638 | if ( m_selection ) | |
2639 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); | |
2640 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
2641 | if (attrProvider) | |
2642 | { | |
2643 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); | |
2644 | ||
2645 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans | |
2646 | #if 0 | |
2647 | // No need to touch row attributes, unless we | |
2648 | // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove | |
2649 | // all row attributes. | |
2650 | // I hate to do this here, but the | |
2651 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols. | |
2652 | if ( !GetNumberCols() ) | |
2653 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() ); | |
2654 | #endif | |
2655 | } | |
2656 | ||
2657 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
2658 | { | |
2659 | CalcDimensions(); | |
2660 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
2661 | } | |
2662 | } | |
2663 | result = true; | |
2664 | break; | |
2665 | } | |
2666 | ||
2667 | if (result && !GetBatchCount() ) | |
2668 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
2669 | ||
2670 | return result; | |
2671 | } | |
2672 | ||
2673 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const | |
2674 | { | |
2675 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
2676 | wxRect r; | |
2677 | ||
2678 | wxArrayInt rowlabels; | |
2679 | ||
2680 | int top, bottom; | |
2681 | while ( iter ) | |
2682 | { | |
2683 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
2684 | ||
2685 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
2686 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
2687 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
2688 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
2689 | // | |
2690 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
2691 | int cw, ch; | |
2692 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
2693 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) | |
2694 | r.SetTop( 0 ); | |
2695 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); | |
2696 | #endif | |
2697 | ||
2698 | // logical bounds of update region | |
2699 | // | |
2700 | int dummy; | |
2701 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top ); | |
2702 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom ); | |
2703 | ||
2704 | // find the row labels within these bounds | |
2705 | // | |
2706 | int row; | |
2707 | for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
2708 | { | |
2709 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top ) | |
2710 | continue; | |
2711 | ||
2712 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) | |
2713 | break; | |
2714 | ||
2715 | rowlabels.Add( row ); | |
2716 | } | |
2717 | ||
2718 | ++iter; | |
2719 | } | |
2720 | ||
2721 | return rowlabels; | |
2722 | } | |
2723 | ||
2724 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const | |
2725 | { | |
2726 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
2727 | wxRect r; | |
2728 | ||
2729 | wxArrayInt colLabels; | |
2730 | ||
2731 | int left, right; | |
2732 | while ( iter ) | |
2733 | { | |
2734 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
2735 | ||
2736 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
2737 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
2738 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
2739 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
2740 | // | |
2741 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
2742 | int cw, ch; | |
2743 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
2744 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) | |
2745 | r.SetLeft( 0 ); | |
2746 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); | |
2747 | #endif | |
2748 | ||
2749 | // logical bounds of update region | |
2750 | // | |
2751 | int dummy; | |
2752 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
2753 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy ); | |
2754 | ||
2755 | // find the cells within these bounds | |
2756 | // | |
2757 | int col; | |
2758 | int colPos; | |
2759 | for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
2760 | { | |
2761 | col = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
2762 | ||
2763 | if ( GetColRight(col) < left ) | |
2764 | continue; | |
2765 | ||
2766 | if ( GetColLeft(col) > right ) | |
2767 | break; | |
2768 | ||
2769 | colLabels.Add( col ); | |
2770 | } | |
2771 | ||
2772 | ++iter; | |
2773 | } | |
2774 | ||
2775 | return colLabels; | |
2776 | } | |
2777 | ||
2778 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const | |
2779 | { | |
2780 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
2781 | wxRect r; | |
2782 | ||
2783 | wxGridCellCoordsArray cellsExposed; | |
2784 | ||
2785 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
2786 | while ( iter ) | |
2787 | { | |
2788 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
2789 | ||
2790 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
2791 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
2792 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
2793 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
2794 | // | |
2795 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
2796 | int cw, ch; | |
2797 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
2798 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 ); | |
2799 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 ); | |
2800 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); | |
2801 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); | |
2802 | #endif | |
2803 | ||
2804 | // logical bounds of update region | |
2805 | // | |
2806 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
2807 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
2808 | ||
2809 | // find the cells within these bounds | |
2810 | wxArrayInt cols; | |
2811 | for ( int row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
2812 | { | |
2813 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top ) | |
2814 | continue; | |
2815 | ||
2816 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) | |
2817 | break; | |
2818 | ||
2819 | // add all dirty cells in this row: notice that the columns which | |
2820 | // are dirty don't depend on the row so we compute them only once | |
2821 | // for the first dirty row and then reuse for all the next ones | |
2822 | if ( cols.empty() ) | |
2823 | { | |
2824 | // do determine the dirty columns | |
2825 | for ( int pos = XToPos(left); pos <= XToPos(right); pos++ ) | |
2826 | cols.push_back(GetColAt(pos)); | |
2827 | ||
2828 | // if there are no dirty columns at all, nothing to do | |
2829 | if ( cols.empty() ) | |
2830 | break; | |
2831 | } | |
2832 | ||
2833 | const size_t count = cols.size(); | |
2834 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2835 | cellsExposed.Add(wxGridCellCoords(row, cols[n])); | |
2836 | } | |
2837 | ||
2838 | ++iter; | |
2839 | } | |
2840 | ||
2841 | return cellsExposed; | |
2842 | } | |
2843 | ||
2844 | ||
2845 | void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
2846 | { | |
2847 | int x, y, row; | |
2848 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
2849 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
2850 | ||
2851 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
2852 | { | |
2853 | if (!m_isDragging) | |
2854 | { | |
2855 | m_isDragging = true; | |
2856 | m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse(); | |
2857 | } | |
2858 | ||
2859 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
2860 | { | |
2861 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
2862 | { | |
2863 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
2864 | { | |
2865 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
2866 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
2867 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
2868 | ||
2869 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
2870 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
2871 | y = wxMax( y, | |
2872 | GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
2873 | GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
2874 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
2875 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
2876 | { | |
2877 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
2878 | } | |
2879 | dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y ); | |
2880 | m_dragLastPos = y; | |
2881 | } | |
2882 | break; | |
2883 | ||
2884 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW: | |
2885 | { | |
2886 | if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 ) | |
2887 | { | |
2888 | if ( m_selection ) | |
2889 | m_selection->SelectRow(row, event); | |
2890 | } | |
2891 | } | |
2892 | break; | |
2893 | ||
2894 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value | |
2895 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch | |
2896 | default: | |
2897 | break; | |
2898 | } | |
2899 | } | |
2900 | return; | |
2901 | } | |
2902 | ||
2903 | if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) ) | |
2904 | return; | |
2905 | ||
2906 | if (m_isDragging) | |
2907 | { | |
2908 | if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture()) | |
2909 | m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse(); | |
2910 | m_isDragging = false; | |
2911 | } | |
2912 | ||
2913 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window | |
2914 | // | |
2915 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
2916 | { | |
2917 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); | |
2918 | } | |
2919 | ||
2920 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
2921 | // | |
2922 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
2923 | { | |
2924 | row = YToEdgeOfRow(y); | |
2925 | if ( row != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragRowSize(row) ) | |
2926 | { | |
2927 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); | |
2928 | } | |
2929 | else // not a request to start resizing | |
2930 | { | |
2931 | row = YToRow(y); | |
2932 | if ( row >= 0 && | |
2933 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
2934 | { | |
2935 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() ) | |
2936 | ClearSelection(); | |
2937 | if ( m_selection ) | |
2938 | { | |
2939 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
2940 | { | |
2941 | m_selection->SelectBlock | |
2942 | ( | |
2943 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), 0, | |
2944 | row, GetNumberCols() - 1, | |
2945 | event | |
2946 | ); | |
2947 | } | |
2948 | else | |
2949 | { | |
2950 | m_selection->SelectRow(row, event); | |
2951 | } | |
2952 | } | |
2953 | ||
2954 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); | |
2955 | } | |
2956 | } | |
2957 | } | |
2958 | ||
2959 | // ------------ Left double click | |
2960 | // | |
2961 | else if (event.LeftDClick() ) | |
2962 | { | |
2963 | row = YToEdgeOfRow(y); | |
2964 | if ( row != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragRowSize(row) ) | |
2965 | { | |
2966 | // adjust row height depending on label text | |
2967 | // | |
2968 | // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754 | |
2969 | AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row ); | |
2970 | ||
2971 | SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, row, -1, event); | |
2972 | ||
2973 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow()); | |
2974 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
2975 | } | |
2976 | else // not on row separator or it's not resizeable | |
2977 | { | |
2978 | row = YToRow(y); | |
2979 | if ( row >=0 && | |
2980 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
2981 | { | |
2982 | // no default action at the moment | |
2983 | } | |
2984 | } | |
2985 | } | |
2986 | ||
2987 | // ------------ Left button released | |
2988 | // | |
2989 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
2990 | { | |
2991 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
2992 | DoEndDragResizeRow(event); | |
2993 | ||
2994 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); | |
2995 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
2996 | } | |
2997 | ||
2998 | // ------------ Right button down | |
2999 | // | |
3000 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
3001 | { | |
3002 | row = YToRow(y); | |
3003 | if ( row >=0 && | |
3004 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
3005 | { | |
3006 | // no default action at the moment | |
3007 | } | |
3008 | } | |
3009 | ||
3010 | // ------------ Right double click | |
3011 | // | |
3012 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
3013 | { | |
3014 | row = YToRow(y); | |
3015 | if ( row >= 0 && | |
3016 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
3017 | { | |
3018 | // no default action at the moment | |
3019 | } | |
3020 | } | |
3021 | ||
3022 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving | |
3023 | // | |
3024 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
3025 | { | |
3026 | m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y ); | |
3027 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3028 | { | |
3029 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
3030 | { | |
3031 | if ( CanDragRowSize(m_dragRowOrCol) ) | |
3032 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false); | |
3033 | } | |
3034 | } | |
3035 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
3036 | { | |
3037 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false); | |
3038 | } | |
3039 | } | |
3040 | } | |
3041 | ||
3042 | void wxGrid::UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(int col) | |
3043 | { | |
3044 | wxCHECK_RET( col != wxNOT_FOUND, "invalid column index" ); | |
3045 | ||
3046 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
3047 | GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col); | |
3048 | else if ( m_nativeColumnLabels ) | |
3049 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
3050 | //else: sorting indicator display not yet implemented in grid version | |
3051 | } | |
3052 | ||
3053 | void wxGrid::SetSortingColumn(int col, bool ascending) | |
3054 | { | |
3055 | if ( col == m_sortCol ) | |
3056 | { | |
3057 | // we are already using this column for sorting (or not sorting at all) | |
3058 | // but we might still change the sorting order, check for it | |
3059 | if ( m_sortCol != wxNOT_FOUND && ascending != m_sortIsAscending ) | |
3060 | { | |
3061 | m_sortIsAscending = ascending; | |
3062 | ||
3063 | UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(m_sortCol); | |
3064 | } | |
3065 | } | |
3066 | else // we're changing the column used for sorting | |
3067 | { | |
3068 | const int sortColOld = m_sortCol; | |
3069 | ||
3070 | // change it before updating the column as we want GetSortingColumn() | |
3071 | // to return the correct new value | |
3072 | m_sortCol = col; | |
3073 | ||
3074 | if ( sortColOld != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3075 | UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(sortColOld); | |
3076 | ||
3077 | if ( m_sortCol != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3078 | { | |
3079 | m_sortIsAscending = ascending; | |
3080 | UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(m_sortCol); | |
3081 | } | |
3082 | } | |
3083 | } | |
3084 | ||
3085 | void wxGrid::DoColHeaderClick(int col) | |
3086 | { | |
3087 | // we consider that the grid was resorted if this event is processed and | |
3088 | // not vetoed | |
3089 | if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SORT, -1, col) == 1 ) | |
3090 | { | |
3091 | SetSortingColumn(col, IsSortingBy(col) ? !m_sortIsAscending : true); | |
3092 | Refresh(); | |
3093 | } | |
3094 | } | |
3095 | ||
3096 | void wxGrid::DoStartResizeCol(int col) | |
3097 | { | |
3098 | m_dragRowOrCol = col; | |
3099 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
3100 | DoUpdateResizeColWidth(GetColWidth(m_dragRowOrCol)); | |
3101 | } | |
3102 | ||
3103 | void wxGrid::DoUpdateResizeCol(int x) | |
3104 | { | |
3105 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
3106 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
3107 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
3108 | ||
3109 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
3110 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
3111 | ||
3112 | x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol)); | |
3113 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
3114 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
3115 | { | |
3116 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch ); | |
3117 | } | |
3118 | dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch ); | |
3119 | m_dragLastPos = x; | |
3120 | } | |
3121 | ||
3122 | void wxGrid::DoUpdateResizeColWidth(int w) | |
3123 | { | |
3124 | DoUpdateResizeCol(GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + w); | |
3125 | } | |
3126 | ||
3127 | void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3128 | { | |
3129 | int x, y; | |
3130 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
3131 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
3132 | ||
3133 | int col = XToCol(x); | |
3134 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
3135 | { | |
3136 | if (!m_isDragging) | |
3137 | { | |
3138 | m_isDragging = true; | |
3139 | GetColLabelWindow()->CaptureMouse(); | |
3140 | ||
3141 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL && col != -1 ) | |
3142 | DoStartMoveCol(col); | |
3143 | } | |
3144 | ||
3145 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
3146 | { | |
3147 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
3148 | { | |
3149 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
3150 | DoUpdateResizeCol(x); | |
3151 | break; | |
3152 | ||
3153 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL: | |
3154 | { | |
3155 | if ( col != -1 ) | |
3156 | { | |
3157 | if ( m_selection ) | |
3158 | m_selection->SelectCol(col, event); | |
3159 | } | |
3160 | } | |
3161 | break; | |
3162 | ||
3163 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: | |
3164 | { | |
3165 | int posNew = XToPos(x); | |
3166 | int colNew = GetColAt(posNew); | |
3167 | ||
3168 | // determine the position of the drop marker | |
3169 | int markerX; | |
3170 | if ( x >= GetColLeft(colNew) + (GetColWidth(colNew) / 2) ) | |
3171 | markerX = GetColRight(colNew); | |
3172 | else | |
3173 | markerX = GetColLeft(colNew); | |
3174 | ||
3175 | if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos ) | |
3176 | { | |
3177 | wxClientDC dc( GetColLabelWindow() ); | |
3178 | DoPrepareDC(dc); | |
3179 | ||
3180 | int cw, ch; | |
3181 | GetColLabelWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
3182 | ||
3183 | markerX++; | |
3184 | ||
3185 | //Clean up the last indicator | |
3186 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
3187 | { | |
3188 | wxPen pen( GetColLabelWindow()->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 ); | |
3189 | dc.SetPen(pen); | |
3190 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch ); | |
3191 | dc.SetPen(wxNullPen); | |
3192 | ||
3193 | if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 ) | |
3194 | DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) ); | |
3195 | } | |
3196 | ||
3197 | const wxColour *color; | |
3198 | //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker | |
3199 | if ( colNew == m_dragRowOrCol ) | |
3200 | color = wxLIGHT_GREY; | |
3201 | else | |
3202 | color = wxBLUE; | |
3203 | ||
3204 | //Draw the marker | |
3205 | wxPen pen( *color, 2 ); | |
3206 | dc.SetPen(pen); | |
3207 | ||
3208 | dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch ); | |
3209 | ||
3210 | dc.SetPen(wxNullPen); | |
3211 | ||
3212 | m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1; | |
3213 | } | |
3214 | } | |
3215 | break; | |
3216 | ||
3217 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value | |
3218 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch | |
3219 | default: | |
3220 | break; | |
3221 | } | |
3222 | } | |
3223 | return; | |
3224 | } | |
3225 | ||
3226 | if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) ) | |
3227 | return; | |
3228 | ||
3229 | if (m_isDragging) | |
3230 | { | |
3231 | if (GetColLabelWindow()->HasCapture()) | |
3232 | GetColLabelWindow()->ReleaseMouse(); | |
3233 | m_isDragging = false; | |
3234 | } | |
3235 | ||
3236 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window | |
3237 | // | |
3238 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
3239 | { | |
3240 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow()); | |
3241 | } | |
3242 | ||
3243 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
3244 | // | |
3245 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
3246 | { | |
3247 | int col = XToEdgeOfCol(x); | |
3248 | if ( col != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragColSize(col) ) | |
3249 | { | |
3250 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, GetColLabelWindow()); | |
3251 | } | |
3252 | else // not a request to start resizing | |
3253 | { | |
3254 | col = XToCol(x); | |
3255 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
3256 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
3257 | { | |
3258 | if ( m_canDragColMove ) | |
3259 | { | |
3260 | //Show button as pressed | |
3261 | wxClientDC dc( GetColLabelWindow() ); | |
3262 | int colLeft = GetColLeft( col ); | |
3263 | int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1; | |
3264 | dc.SetPen( wxPen( GetColLabelWindow()->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) ); | |
3265 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 ); | |
3266 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 ); | |
3267 | ||
3268 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, GetColLabelWindow()); | |
3269 | } | |
3270 | else | |
3271 | { | |
3272 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() ) | |
3273 | ClearSelection(); | |
3274 | if ( m_selection ) | |
3275 | { | |
3276 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
3277 | { | |
3278 | m_selection->SelectBlock | |
3279 | ( | |
3280 | 0, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
3281 | GetNumberRows() - 1, col, | |
3282 | event | |
3283 | ); | |
3284 | } | |
3285 | else | |
3286 | { | |
3287 | m_selection->SelectCol(col, event); | |
3288 | } | |
3289 | } | |
3290 | ||
3291 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, GetColLabelWindow()); | |
3292 | } | |
3293 | } | |
3294 | } | |
3295 | } | |
3296 | ||
3297 | // ------------ Left double click | |
3298 | // | |
3299 | if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
3300 | { | |
3301 | const int colEdge = XToEdgeOfCol(x); | |
3302 | if ( colEdge == -1 ) | |
3303 | { | |
3304 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
3305 | ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
3306 | { | |
3307 | // no default action at the moment | |
3308 | } | |
3309 | } | |
3310 | else | |
3311 | { | |
3312 | // adjust column width depending on label text | |
3313 | // | |
3314 | // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754 | |
3315 | AutoSizeColLabelSize( colEdge ); | |
3316 | ||
3317 | SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, colEdge, event); | |
3318 | ||
3319 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow()); | |
3320 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
3321 | } | |
3322 | } | |
3323 | ||
3324 | // ------------ Left button released | |
3325 | // | |
3326 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
3327 | { | |
3328 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
3329 | { | |
3330 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
3331 | DoEndDragResizeCol(event); | |
3332 | break; | |
3333 | ||
3334 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: | |
3335 | if ( m_dragLastPos == -1 || col == m_dragRowOrCol ) | |
3336 | { | |
3337 | // the column didn't actually move anywhere | |
3338 | if ( col != -1 ) | |
3339 | DoColHeaderClick(col); | |
3340 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); // "unpress" the column | |
3341 | } | |
3342 | else | |
3343 | { | |
3344 | DoEndMoveCol(XToPos(x)); | |
3345 | } | |
3346 | break; | |
3347 | ||
3348 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL: | |
3349 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL: | |
3350 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
3351 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW: | |
3352 | if ( col != -1 ) | |
3353 | DoColHeaderClick(col); | |
3354 | break; | |
3355 | } | |
3356 | ||
3357 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow()); | |
3358 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
3359 | } | |
3360 | ||
3361 | // ------------ Right button down | |
3362 | // | |
3363 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
3364 | { | |
3365 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
3366 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
3367 | { | |
3368 | // no default action at the moment | |
3369 | } | |
3370 | } | |
3371 | ||
3372 | // ------------ Right double click | |
3373 | // | |
3374 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
3375 | { | |
3376 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
3377 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
3378 | { | |
3379 | // no default action at the moment | |
3380 | } | |
3381 | } | |
3382 | ||
3383 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving | |
3384 | // | |
3385 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
3386 | { | |
3387 | m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x ); | |
3388 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) | |
3389 | { | |
3390 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
3391 | { | |
3392 | if ( CanDragColSize(m_dragRowOrCol) ) | |
3393 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, GetColLabelWindow(), false); | |
3394 | } | |
3395 | } | |
3396 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
3397 | { | |
3398 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow(), false); | |
3399 | } | |
3400 | } | |
3401 | } | |
3402 | ||
3403 | void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3404 | { | |
3405 | if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
3406 | { | |
3407 | // indicate corner label by having both row and | |
3408 | // col args == -1 | |
3409 | // | |
3410 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
3411 | { | |
3412 | SelectAll(); | |
3413 | } | |
3414 | } | |
3415 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
3416 | { | |
3417 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ); | |
3418 | } | |
3419 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
3420 | { | |
3421 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
3422 | { | |
3423 | // no default action at the moment | |
3424 | } | |
3425 | } | |
3426 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
3427 | { | |
3428 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
3429 | { | |
3430 | // no default action at the moment | |
3431 | } | |
3432 | } | |
3433 | } | |
3434 | ||
3435 | void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture() | |
3436 | { | |
3437 | // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is | |
3438 | if ( m_winCapture ) | |
3439 | { | |
3440 | m_isDragging = false; | |
3441 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
3442 | ||
3443 | m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL; | |
3444 | m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
3445 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
3446 | ||
3447 | // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen | |
3448 | Refresh(); | |
3449 | } | |
3450 | } | |
3451 | ||
3452 | void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode, | |
3453 | wxWindow *win, | |
3454 | bool captureMouse) | |
3455 | { | |
3456 | #if wxUSE_LOG_TRACE | |
3457 | static const wxChar *cursorModes[] = | |
3458 | { | |
3459 | _T("SELECT_CELL"), | |
3460 | _T("RESIZE_ROW"), | |
3461 | _T("RESIZE_COL"), | |
3462 | _T("SELECT_ROW"), | |
3463 | _T("SELECT_COL"), | |
3464 | _T("MOVE_COL"), | |
3465 | }; | |
3466 | ||
3467 | wxLogTrace(_T("grid"), | |
3468 | _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"), | |
3469 | win == m_colWindow ? _T("colLabelWin") | |
3470 | : win ? _T("rowLabelWin") | |
3471 | : _T("gridWin"), | |
3472 | cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]); | |
3473 | #endif // wxUSE_LOG_TRACE | |
3474 | ||
3475 | if ( mode == m_cursorMode && | |
3476 | win == m_winCapture && | |
3477 | captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL)) | |
3478 | return; | |
3479 | ||
3480 | if ( !win ) | |
3481 | { | |
3482 | // by default use the grid itself | |
3483 | win = m_gridWin; | |
3484 | } | |
3485 | ||
3486 | if ( m_winCapture ) | |
3487 | { | |
3488 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
3489 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
3490 | } | |
3491 | ||
3492 | m_cursorMode = mode; | |
3493 | ||
3494 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
3495 | { | |
3496 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
3497 | win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor ); | |
3498 | break; | |
3499 | ||
3500 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
3501 | win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor ); | |
3502 | break; | |
3503 | ||
3504 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: | |
3505 | win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) ); | |
3506 | break; | |
3507 | ||
3508 | default: | |
3509 | win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
3510 | break; | |
3511 | } | |
3512 | ||
3513 | // we need to capture mouse when resizing | |
3514 | bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW || | |
3515 | m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL; | |
3516 | ||
3517 | if ( captureMouse && resize ) | |
3518 | { | |
3519 | win->CaptureMouse(); | |
3520 | m_winCapture = win; | |
3521 | } | |
3522 | } | |
3523 | ||
3524 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3525 | // grid mouse event processing | |
3526 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3527 | ||
3528 | void | |
3529 | wxGrid::DoGridCellDrag(wxMouseEvent& event, | |
3530 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords, | |
3531 | bool isFirstDrag) | |
3532 | { | |
3533 | if ( coords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
3534 | return; // we're outside any valid cell | |
3535 | ||
3536 | // Hide the edit control, so it won't interfere with drag-shrinking. | |
3537 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
3538 | { | |
3539 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
3540 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
3541 | } | |
3542 | ||
3543 | switch ( event.GetModifiers() ) | |
3544 | { | |
3545 | case wxMOD_CMD: | |
3546 | if ( m_selectedBlockCorner == wxGridNoCellCoords) | |
3547 | m_selectedBlockCorner = coords; | |
3548 | UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_selectedBlockCorner, coords); | |
3549 | break; | |
3550 | ||
3551 | case wxMOD_NONE: | |
3552 | if ( CanDragCell() ) | |
3553 | { | |
3554 | if ( isFirstDrag ) | |
3555 | { | |
3556 | if ( m_selectedBlockCorner == wxGridNoCellCoords) | |
3557 | m_selectedBlockCorner = coords; | |
3558 | ||
3559 | SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, coords, event); | |
3560 | return; | |
3561 | } | |
3562 | } | |
3563 | ||
3564 | UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords); | |
3565 | break; | |
3566 | ||
3567 | default: | |
3568 | // we don't handle the other key modifiers | |
3569 | event.Skip(); | |
3570 | } | |
3571 | } | |
3572 | ||
3573 | void wxGrid::DoGridLineDrag(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridOperations& oper) | |
3574 | { | |
3575 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); | |
3576 | PrepareDC(dc); | |
3577 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
3578 | ||
3579 | const wxRect rectWin(CalcUnscrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, 0)), | |
3580 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize()); | |
3581 | ||
3582 | // erase the previously drawn line, if any | |
3583 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
3584 | oper.DrawParallelLineInRect(dc, rectWin, m_dragLastPos); | |
3585 | ||
3586 | // we need the vertical position for rows and horizontal for columns here | |
3587 | m_dragLastPos = oper.Dual().Select(CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition())); | |
3588 | ||
3589 | // don't allow resizing beneath the minimal size | |
3590 | const int posMin = oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
3591 | oper.GetMinimalLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol); | |
3592 | if ( m_dragLastPos < posMin ) | |
3593 | m_dragLastPos = posMin; | |
3594 | ||
3595 | // and draw it at the new position | |
3596 | oper.DrawParallelLineInRect(dc, rectWin, m_dragLastPos); | |
3597 | } | |
3598 | ||
3599 | void wxGrid::DoGridDragEvent(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords) | |
3600 | { | |
3601 | if ( !m_isDragging ) | |
3602 | { | |
3603 | // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged far | |
3604 | // enough | |
3605 | const wxPoint& pt = event.GetPosition(); | |
3606 | if ( m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition ) | |
3607 | { | |
3608 | m_startDragPos = pt; | |
3609 | return; | |
3610 | } | |
3611 | ||
3612 | if ( abs(m_startDragPos.x - pt.x) <= DRAG_SENSITIVITY && | |
3613 | abs(m_startDragPos.y - pt.y) <= DRAG_SENSITIVITY ) | |
3614 | return; | |
3615 | } | |
3616 | ||
3617 | const bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging; | |
3618 | m_isDragging = true; | |
3619 | ||
3620 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
3621 | { | |
3622 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL: | |
3623 | DoGridCellDrag(event, coords, isFirstDrag); | |
3624 | break; | |
3625 | ||
3626 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
3627 | DoGridLineDrag(event, wxGridRowOperations()); | |
3628 | break; | |
3629 | ||
3630 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
3631 | DoGridLineDrag(event, wxGridColumnOperations()); | |
3632 | break; | |
3633 | ||
3634 | default: | |
3635 | event.Skip(); | |
3636 | } | |
3637 | ||
3638 | if ( isFirstDrag ) | |
3639 | { | |
3640 | m_winCapture = m_gridWin; | |
3641 | m_winCapture->CaptureMouse(); | |
3642 | } | |
3643 | } | |
3644 | ||
3645 | void | |
3646 | wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event, | |
3647 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords, | |
3648 | const wxPoint& pos) | |
3649 | { | |
3650 | if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, coords, event) ) | |
3651 | { | |
3652 | // event handled by user code, no need to do anything here | |
3653 | return; | |
3654 | } | |
3655 | ||
3656 | if ( !event.CmdDown() ) | |
3657 | ClearSelection(); | |
3658 | ||
3659 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
3660 | { | |
3661 | if ( m_selection ) | |
3662 | { | |
3663 | m_selection->SelectBlock(m_currentCellCoords, coords, event); | |
3664 | m_selectedBlockCorner = coords; | |
3665 | } | |
3666 | } | |
3667 | else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(pos.x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(pos.y) < 0 ) | |
3668 | { | |
3669 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
3670 | MakeCellVisible( coords ); | |
3671 | ||
3672 | if ( event.CmdDown() ) | |
3673 | { | |
3674 | if ( m_selection ) | |
3675 | { | |
3676 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(coords, event); | |
3677 | } | |
3678 | ||
3679 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
3680 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
3681 | m_selectedBlockCorner = coords; | |
3682 | } | |
3683 | else | |
3684 | { | |
3685 | m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && | |
3686 | coords != wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
3687 | SetCurrentCell( coords ); | |
3688 | } | |
3689 | } | |
3690 | } | |
3691 | ||
3692 | void | |
3693 | wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftDClick(wxMouseEvent& event, | |
3694 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords, | |
3695 | const wxPoint& pos) | |
3696 | { | |
3697 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(pos.x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(pos.y) < 0 ) | |
3698 | { | |
3699 | if ( !SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, coords, event) ) | |
3700 | { | |
3701 | // we want double click to select a cell and start editing | |
3702 | // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks): | |
3703 | m_waitForSlowClick = true; | |
3704 | } | |
3705 | } | |
3706 | } | |
3707 | ||
3708 | void | |
3709 | wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords) | |
3710 | { | |
3711 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
3712 | { | |
3713 | if (m_winCapture) | |
3714 | { | |
3715 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
3716 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
3717 | } | |
3718 | ||
3719 | if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() ) | |
3720 | { | |
3721 | ClearSelection(); | |
3722 | EnableCellEditControl(); | |
3723 | ||
3724 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords); | |
3725 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol()); | |
3726 | editor->StartingClick(); | |
3727 | editor->DecRef(); | |
3728 | attr->DecRef(); | |
3729 | ||
3730 | m_waitForSlowClick = false; | |
3731 | } | |
3732 | else if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
3733 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
3734 | { | |
3735 | if ( m_selection ) | |
3736 | { | |
3737 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectedBlockTopLeft, | |
3738 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight, | |
3739 | event ); | |
3740 | } | |
3741 | ||
3742 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
3743 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
3744 | ||
3745 | // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for | |
3746 | // drag-shrinking. | |
3747 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
3748 | } | |
3749 | } | |
3750 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
3751 | { | |
3752 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
3753 | DoEndDragResizeRow(event); | |
3754 | } | |
3755 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) | |
3756 | { | |
3757 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
3758 | DoEndDragResizeCol(event); | |
3759 | } | |
3760 | ||
3761 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
3762 | } | |
3763 | ||
3764 | void | |
3765 | wxGrid::DoGridMouseMoveEvent(wxMouseEvent& WXUNUSED(event), | |
3766 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords, | |
3767 | const wxPoint& pos) | |
3768 | { | |
3769 | if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 ) | |
3770 | { | |
3771 | // out of grid cell area | |
3772 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
3773 | return; | |
3774 | } | |
3775 | ||
3776 | int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( pos.y ); | |
3777 | int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( pos.x ); | |
3778 | ||
3779 | // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both | |
3780 | // directions is not implemented yet... | |
3781 | // | |
3782 | if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 ) | |
3783 | { | |
3784 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
3785 | return; | |
3786 | } | |
3787 | ||
3788 | if ( dragRow >= 0 && CanDragGridSize() && CanDragRowSize(dragRow) ) | |
3789 | { | |
3790 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
3791 | { | |
3792 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow; | |
3793 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false); | |
3794 | } | |
3795 | } | |
3796 | // When using the native header window we can only resize the columns by | |
3797 | // dragging the dividers in it because we can't make it enter into the | |
3798 | // column resizing mode programmatically | |
3799 | else if ( dragCol >= 0 && !m_useNativeHeader && | |
3800 | CanDragGridSize() && CanDragColSize(dragCol) ) | |
3801 | { | |
3802 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
3803 | { | |
3804 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol; | |
3805 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false); | |
3806 | } | |
3807 | } | |
3808 | else // Neither on a row or col edge | |
3809 | { | |
3810 | if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
3811 | { | |
3812 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
3813 | } | |
3814 | } | |
3815 | } | |
3816 | ||
3817 | void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event) | |
3818 | { | |
3819 | const wxPoint pos = CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition()); | |
3820 | ||
3821 | // coordinates of the cell under mouse | |
3822 | wxGridCellCoords coords = XYToCell(pos); | |
3823 | ||
3824 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
3825 | GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
3826 | if ( (cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0) ) | |
3827 | { | |
3828 | coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows); | |
3829 | coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols); | |
3830 | } | |
3831 | ||
3832 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
3833 | { | |
3834 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
3835 | DoGridDragEvent(event, coords); | |
3836 | else | |
3837 | event.Skip(); | |
3838 | return; | |
3839 | } | |
3840 | ||
3841 | m_isDragging = false; | |
3842 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
3843 | ||
3844 | // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL | |
3845 | // immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under | |
3846 | // wxGTK | |
3847 | #if 0 | |
3848 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
3849 | { | |
3850 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
3851 | m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
3852 | } | |
3853 | #endif // 0 | |
3854 | ||
3855 | // deal with various button presses | |
3856 | if ( event.IsButton() ) | |
3857 | { | |
3858 | if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
3859 | { | |
3860 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
3861 | ||
3862 | if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
3863 | DoGridCellLeftDown(event, coords, pos); | |
3864 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
3865 | DoGridCellLeftDClick(event, coords, pos); | |
3866 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
3867 | SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, coords, event); | |
3868 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
3869 | SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, coords, event); | |
3870 | } | |
3871 | ||
3872 | // this one should be called even if we're not over any cell | |
3873 | if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
3874 | { | |
3875 | DoGridCellLeftUp(event, coords); | |
3876 | } | |
3877 | } | |
3878 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
3879 | { | |
3880 | DoGridMouseMoveEvent(event, coords, pos); | |
3881 | } | |
3882 | else // unknown mouse event? | |
3883 | { | |
3884 | event.Skip(); | |
3885 | } | |
3886 | } | |
3887 | ||
3888 | // this function returns true only if the size really changed | |
3889 | bool wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeLine(const wxGridOperations& oper) | |
3890 | { | |
3891 | if ( m_dragLastPos == -1 ) | |
3892 | return false; | |
3893 | ||
3894 | const wxGridOperations& doper = oper.Dual(); | |
3895 | ||
3896 | const wxSize size = m_gridWin->GetClientSize(); | |
3897 | ||
3898 | const wxPoint ptOrigin = CalcUnscrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, 0)); | |
3899 | ||
3900 | // erase the last line we drew | |
3901 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); | |
3902 | PrepareDC(dc); | |
3903 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
3904 | ||
3905 | const int posLineStart = oper.Select(ptOrigin); | |
3906 | const int posLineEnd = oper.Select(ptOrigin) + oper.Select(size); | |
3907 | ||
3908 | oper.DrawParallelLine(dc, posLineStart, posLineEnd, m_dragLastPos); | |
3909 | ||
3910 | // temporarily hide the edit control before resizing | |
3911 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
3912 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
3913 | ||
3914 | // do resize the line | |
3915 | const int lineStart = oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol); | |
3916 | const int lineSizeOld = oper.GetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol); | |
3917 | oper.SetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol, | |
3918 | wxMax(m_dragLastPos - lineStart, | |
3919 | oper.GetMinimalLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol))); | |
3920 | const bool | |
3921 | sizeChanged = oper.GetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol) != lineSizeOld; | |
3922 | ||
3923 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
3924 | ||
3925 | // refresh now if we're not frozen | |
3926 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
3927 | { | |
3928 | // we need to refresh everything beyond the resized line in the header | |
3929 | // window | |
3930 | ||
3931 | // get the position from which to refresh in the other direction | |
3932 | wxRect rect(CellToRect(oper.MakeCoords(m_dragRowOrCol, 0))); | |
3933 | rect.SetPosition(CalcScrolledPosition(rect.GetPosition())); | |
3934 | ||
3935 | // we only need the ordinate (for rows) or abscissa (for columns) here, | |
3936 | // and need to cover the entire window in the other direction | |
3937 | oper.Select(rect) = 0; | |
3938 | ||
3939 | wxRect rectHeader(rect.GetPosition(), | |
3940 | oper.MakeSize | |
3941 | ( | |
3942 | oper.GetHeaderWindowSize(this), | |
3943 | doper.Select(size) - doper.Select(rect) | |
3944 | )); | |
3945 | ||
3946 | oper.GetHeaderWindow(this)->Refresh(true, &rectHeader); | |
3947 | ||
3948 | ||
3949 | // also refresh the grid window: extend the rectangle | |
3950 | if ( m_table ) | |
3951 | { | |
3952 | oper.SelectSize(rect) = oper.Select(size); | |
3953 | ||
3954 | int subtractLines = 0; | |
3955 | const int lineStart = oper.PosToLine(this, posLineStart); | |
3956 | if ( lineStart >= 0 ) | |
3957 | { | |
3958 | // ensure that if we have a multi-cell block we redraw all of | |
3959 | // it by increasing the refresh area to cover it entirely if a | |
3960 | // part of it is affected | |
3961 | const int lineEnd = oper.PosToLine(this, posLineEnd, true); | |
3962 | for ( int line = lineStart; line < lineEnd; line++ ) | |
3963 | { | |
3964 | int cellLines = oper.Select( | |
3965 | GetCellSize(oper.MakeCoords(m_dragRowOrCol, line))); | |
3966 | if ( cellLines < subtractLines ) | |
3967 | subtractLines = cellLines; | |
3968 | } | |
3969 | } | |
3970 | ||
3971 | int startPos = | |
3972 | oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol + subtractLines); | |
3973 | startPos = doper.CalcScrolledPosition(this, startPos); | |
3974 | ||
3975 | doper.Select(rect) = startPos; | |
3976 | doper.SelectSize(rect) = doper.Select(size) - startPos; | |
3977 | ||
3978 | m_gridWin->Refresh(false, &rect); | |
3979 | } | |
3980 | } | |
3981 | ||
3982 | // show the edit control back again | |
3983 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
3984 | ||
3985 | return sizeChanged; | |
3986 | } | |
3987 | ||
3988 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow(const wxMouseEvent& event) | |
3989 | { | |
3990 | // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754 | |
3991 | ||
3992 | if ( DoEndDragResizeLine(wxGridRowOperations()) ) | |
3993 | SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event); | |
3994 | } | |
3995 | ||
3996 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol(const wxMouseEvent& event) | |
3997 | { | |
3998 | // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754 | |
3999 | ||
4000 | if ( DoEndDragResizeLine(wxGridColumnOperations()) ) | |
4001 | SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event); | |
4002 | } | |
4003 | ||
4004 | void wxGrid::DoStartMoveCol(int col) | |
4005 | { | |
4006 | m_dragRowOrCol = col; | |
4007 | } | |
4008 | ||
4009 | void wxGrid::DoEndMoveCol(int pos) | |
4010 | { | |
4011 | wxASSERT_MSG( m_dragRowOrCol != -1, "no matching DoStartMoveCol?" ); | |
4012 | ||
4013 | if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol) != -1 ) | |
4014 | SetColPos(m_dragRowOrCol, pos); | |
4015 | //else: vetoed by user | |
4016 | ||
4017 | m_dragRowOrCol = -1; | |
4018 | } | |
4019 | ||
4020 | void wxGrid::RefreshAfterColPosChange() | |
4021 | { | |
4022 | // recalculate the column rights as the column positions have changed, | |
4023 | // unless we calculate them dynamically because all columns widths are the | |
4024 | // same and it's easy to do | |
4025 | if ( !m_colWidths.empty() ) | |
4026 | { | |
4027 | int colRight = 0; | |
4028 | for ( int colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
4029 | { | |
4030 | int colID = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
4031 | ||
4032 | colRight += m_colWidths[colID]; | |
4033 | m_colRights[colID] = colRight; | |
4034 | } | |
4035 | } | |
4036 | ||
4037 | // and make the changes visible | |
4038 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
4039 | { | |
4040 | if ( m_colAt.empty() ) | |
4041 | GetGridColHeader()->ResetColumnsOrder(); | |
4042 | else | |
4043 | GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnsOrder(m_colAt); | |
4044 | } | |
4045 | else | |
4046 | { | |
4047 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
4048 | } | |
4049 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
4050 | } | |
4051 | ||
4052 | void wxGrid::SetColumnsOrder(const wxArrayInt& order) | |
4053 | { | |
4054 | m_colAt = order; | |
4055 | ||
4056 | RefreshAfterColPosChange(); | |
4057 | } | |
4058 | ||
4059 | void wxGrid::SetColPos(int idx, int pos) | |
4060 | { | |
4061 | // we're going to need m_colAt now, initialize it if needed | |
4062 | if ( m_colAt.empty() ) | |
4063 | { | |
4064 | m_colAt.reserve(m_numCols); | |
4065 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
4066 | m_colAt.push_back(i); | |
4067 | } | |
4068 | ||
4069 | wxHeaderCtrl::MoveColumnInOrderArray(m_colAt, idx, pos); | |
4070 | ||
4071 | RefreshAfterColPosChange(); | |
4072 | } | |
4073 | ||
4074 | void wxGrid::ResetColPos() | |
4075 | { | |
4076 | m_colAt.clear(); | |
4077 | ||
4078 | RefreshAfterColPosChange(); | |
4079 | } | |
4080 | ||
4081 | void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable ) | |
4082 | { | |
4083 | if ( m_canDragColMove == enable ) | |
4084 | return; | |
4085 | ||
4086 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
4087 | { | |
4088 | // update all columns to make them [not] reorderable | |
4089 | GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); | |
4090 | } | |
4091 | ||
4092 | m_canDragColMove = enable; | |
4093 | ||
4094 | // we use to call ResetColPos() from here if !enable but this doesn't seem | |
4095 | // right as it would mean there would be no way to "freeze" the current | |
4096 | // columns order by disabling moving them after putting them in the desired | |
4097 | // order, whereas now you can always call ResetColPos() manually if needed | |
4098 | } | |
4099 | ||
4100 | ||
4101 | // | |
4102 | // ------ interaction with data model | |
4103 | // | |
4104 | bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) | |
4105 | { | |
4106 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) | |
4107 | { | |
4108 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES: | |
4109 | return GetModelValues(); | |
4110 | ||
4111 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES: | |
4112 | return SetModelValues(); | |
4113 | ||
4114 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: | |
4115 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: | |
4116 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: | |
4117 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: | |
4118 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: | |
4119 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: | |
4120 | return Redimension( msg ); | |
4121 | ||
4122 | default: | |
4123 | return false; | |
4124 | } | |
4125 | } | |
4126 | ||
4127 | // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class | |
4128 | // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the | |
4129 | // behaviour is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but | |
4130 | // not to change the number of rows or cols. | |
4131 | // | |
4132 | void wxGrid::ClearGrid() | |
4133 | { | |
4134 | if ( m_table ) | |
4135 | { | |
4136 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
4137 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
4138 | ||
4139 | m_table->Clear(); | |
4140 | if (!GetBatchCount()) | |
4141 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
4142 | } | |
4143 | } | |
4144 | ||
4145 | bool | |
4146 | wxGrid::DoModifyLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcModify)(size_t, size_t), | |
4147 | int pos, int num, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
4148 | { | |
4149 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, false, "must finish creating the grid first" ); | |
4150 | ||
4151 | if ( !m_table ) | |
4152 | return false; | |
4153 | ||
4154 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
4155 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
4156 | ||
4157 | return (m_table->*funcModify)(pos, num); | |
4158 | ||
4159 | // the table will have sent the results of the insert row | |
4160 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
4161 | } | |
4162 | ||
4163 | bool | |
4164 | wxGrid::DoAppendLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcAppend)(size_t), | |
4165 | int num, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels)) | |
4166 | { | |
4167 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, false, "must finish creating the grid first" ); | |
4168 | ||
4169 | if ( !m_table ) | |
4170 | return false; | |
4171 | ||
4172 | return (m_table->*funcAppend)(num); | |
4173 | } | |
4174 | ||
4175 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4176 | // event generation helpers | |
4177 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4178 | ||
4179 | void | |
4180 | wxGrid::SendGridSizeEvent(wxEventType type, | |
4181 | int row, int col, | |
4182 | const wxMouseEvent& mouseEv) | |
4183 | { | |
4184 | int rowOrCol = row == -1 ? col : row; | |
4185 | ||
4186 | wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
4187 | type, | |
4188 | this, | |
4189 | rowOrCol, | |
4190 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), | |
4191 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), | |
4192 | mouseEv); | |
4193 | ||
4194 | GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
4195 | } | |
4196 | ||
4197 | // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and return: | |
4198 | // -1 if the event was vetoed | |
4199 | // +1 if the event was processed (but not vetoed) | |
4200 | // 0 if the event wasn't handled | |
4201 | int | |
4202 | wxGrid::SendEvent(const wxEventType type, | |
4203 | int row, int col, | |
4204 | const wxMouseEvent& mouseEv) | |
4205 | { | |
4206 | bool claimed, vetoed; | |
4207 | ||
4208 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT ) | |
4209 | { | |
4210 | // Right now, it should _never_ end up here! | |
4211 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
4212 | type, | |
4213 | this, | |
4214 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft, | |
4215 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight, | |
4216 | true, | |
4217 | mouseEv); | |
4218 | ||
4219 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
4220 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
4221 | } | |
4222 | else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK || | |
4223 | type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK || | |
4224 | type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK || | |
4225 | type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK ) | |
4226 | { | |
4227 | wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition(); | |
4228 | ||
4229 | if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() ) | |
4230 | pos.y += GetColLabelSize(); | |
4231 | if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() ) | |
4232 | pos.x += GetRowLabelSize(); | |
4233 | ||
4234 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
4235 | type, | |
4236 | this, | |
4237 | row, col, | |
4238 | pos.x, | |
4239 | pos.y, | |
4240 | false, | |
4241 | mouseEv); | |
4242 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
4243 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
4244 | } | |
4245 | else | |
4246 | { | |
4247 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
4248 | type, | |
4249 | this, | |
4250 | row, col, | |
4251 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), | |
4252 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), | |
4253 | false, | |
4254 | mouseEv); | |
4255 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
4256 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
4257 | } | |
4258 | ||
4259 | // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first | |
4260 | if (vetoed) | |
4261 | return -1; | |
4262 | ||
4263 | return claimed ? 1 : 0; | |
4264 | } | |
4265 | ||
4266 | // Generate a grid event of specified type, return value same as above | |
4267 | // | |
4268 | int | |
4269 | wxGrid::SendEvent(const wxEventType type, int row, int col, const wxString& s) | |
4270 | { | |
4271 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col ); | |
4272 | gridEvt.SetString(s); | |
4273 | ||
4274 | const bool claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
4275 | ||
4276 | // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first | |
4277 | if ( !gridEvt.IsAllowed() ) | |
4278 | return -1; | |
4279 | ||
4280 | return claimed ? 1 : 0; | |
4281 | } | |
4282 | ||
4283 | void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
4284 | { | |
4285 | // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW | |
4286 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
4287 | } | |
4288 | ||
4289 | void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect) | |
4290 | { | |
4291 | // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch... | |
4292 | // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway. | |
4293 | if ( m_created && !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4294 | { | |
4295 | // Refresh to get correct scrolled position: | |
4296 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect); | |
4297 | ||
4298 | if (rect) | |
4299 | { | |
4300 | int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight; | |
4301 | int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell; | |
4302 | int x, y; | |
4303 | ||
4304 | // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets.. | |
4305 | rect_x = rect->GetX(); | |
4306 | rect_y = rect->GetY(); | |
4307 | rectWidth = rect->GetWidth(); | |
4308 | rectHeight = rect->GetHeight(); | |
4309 | ||
4310 | width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x; | |
4311 | if (width_label > rectWidth) | |
4312 | width_label = rectWidth; | |
4313 | ||
4314 | height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y; | |
4315 | if (height_label > rectHeight) | |
4316 | height_label = rectHeight; | |
4317 | ||
4318 | if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth) | |
4319 | { | |
4320 | x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth; | |
4321 | width_cell = rectWidth; | |
4322 | } | |
4323 | else | |
4324 | { | |
4325 | x = 0; | |
4326 | width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x); | |
4327 | } | |
4328 | ||
4329 | if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight) | |
4330 | { | |
4331 | y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight; | |
4332 | height_cell = rectHeight; | |
4333 | } | |
4334 | else | |
4335 | { | |
4336 | y = 0; | |
4337 | height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y); | |
4338 | } | |
4339 | ||
4340 | // Paint corner label part intersecting rect. | |
4341 | if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 ) | |
4342 | { | |
4343 | wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label); | |
4344 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
4345 | } | |
4346 | ||
4347 | // Paint col labels part intersecting rect. | |
4348 | if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 ) | |
4349 | { | |
4350 | wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label); | |
4351 | m_colWindow->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
4352 | } | |
4353 | ||
4354 | // Paint row labels part intersecting rect. | |
4355 | if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 ) | |
4356 | { | |
4357 | wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell); | |
4358 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
4359 | } | |
4360 | ||
4361 | // Paint cell area part intersecting rect. | |
4362 | if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 ) | |
4363 | { | |
4364 | wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell); | |
4365 | m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
4366 | } | |
4367 | } | |
4368 | else | |
4369 | { | |
4370 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
4371 | m_colWindow->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
4372 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
4373 | m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
4374 | } | |
4375 | } | |
4376 | } | |
4377 | ||
4378 | void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) | |
4379 | { | |
4380 | if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done | |
4381 | { | |
4382 | // reposition our children windows | |
4383 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
4384 | } | |
4385 | } | |
4386 | ||
4387 | void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
4388 | { | |
4389 | if ( m_inOnKeyDown ) | |
4390 | { | |
4391 | // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles... | |
4392 | // | |
4393 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") ); | |
4394 | } | |
4395 | ||
4396 | m_inOnKeyDown = true; | |
4397 | ||
4398 | // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed | |
4399 | wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); | |
4400 | wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event ); | |
4401 | keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent ); | |
4402 | ||
4403 | if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) ) | |
4404 | { | |
4405 | if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft) | |
4406 | { | |
4407 | if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT) | |
4408 | event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT; | |
4409 | else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT) | |
4410 | event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT; | |
4411 | } | |
4412 | ||
4413 | // try local handlers | |
4414 | switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) | |
4415 | { | |
4416 | case WXK_UP: | |
4417 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
4418 | MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
4419 | else | |
4420 | MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
4421 | break; | |
4422 | ||
4423 | case WXK_DOWN: | |
4424 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
4425 | MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
4426 | else | |
4427 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
4428 | break; | |
4429 | ||
4430 | case WXK_LEFT: | |
4431 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
4432 | MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
4433 | else | |
4434 | MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
4435 | break; | |
4436 | ||
4437 | case WXK_RIGHT: | |
4438 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
4439 | MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
4440 | else | |
4441 | MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
4442 | break; | |
4443 | ||
4444 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
4445 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
4446 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
4447 | { | |
4448 | event.Skip(); // to let the edit control have the return | |
4449 | } | |
4450 | else | |
4451 | { | |
4452 | if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 ) | |
4453 | { | |
4454 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
4455 | } | |
4456 | else | |
4457 | { | |
4458 | // at the bottom of a column | |
4459 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
4460 | } | |
4461 | } | |
4462 | break; | |
4463 | ||
4464 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
4465 | ClearSelection(); | |
4466 | break; | |
4467 | ||
4468 | case WXK_TAB: | |
4469 | if (event.ShiftDown()) | |
4470 | { | |
4471 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 ) | |
4472 | { | |
4473 | MoveCursorLeft( false ); | |
4474 | } | |
4475 | else | |
4476 | { | |
4477 | // at left of grid | |
4478 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
4479 | } | |
4480 | } | |
4481 | else | |
4482 | { | |
4483 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 ) | |
4484 | { | |
4485 | MoveCursorRight( false ); | |
4486 | } | |
4487 | else | |
4488 | { | |
4489 | // at right of grid | |
4490 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
4491 | } | |
4492 | } | |
4493 | break; | |
4494 | ||
4495 | case WXK_HOME: | |
4496 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
4497 | { | |
4498 | GoToCell(0, 0); | |
4499 | } | |
4500 | else | |
4501 | { | |
4502 | event.Skip(); | |
4503 | } | |
4504 | break; | |
4505 | ||
4506 | case WXK_END: | |
4507 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
4508 | { | |
4509 | GoToCell(m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1); | |
4510 | } | |
4511 | else | |
4512 | { | |
4513 | event.Skip(); | |
4514 | } | |
4515 | break; | |
4516 | ||
4517 | case WXK_PAGEUP: | |
4518 | MovePageUp(); | |
4519 | break; | |
4520 | ||
4521 | case WXK_PAGEDOWN: | |
4522 | MovePageDown(); | |
4523 | break; | |
4524 | ||
4525 | case WXK_SPACE: | |
4526 | // Ctrl-Space selects the current column, Shift-Space -- the | |
4527 | // current row and Ctrl-Shift-Space -- everything | |
4528 | switch ( m_selection ? event.GetModifiers() : wxMOD_NONE ) | |
4529 | { | |
4530 | case wxMOD_CONTROL: | |
4531 | m_selection->SelectCol(m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()); | |
4532 | break; | |
4533 | ||
4534 | case wxMOD_SHIFT: | |
4535 | m_selection->SelectRow(m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()); | |
4536 | break; | |
4537 | ||
4538 | case wxMOD_CONTROL | wxMOD_SHIFT: | |
4539 | m_selection->SelectBlock(0, 0, | |
4540 | m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1); | |
4541 | break; | |
4542 | ||
4543 | case wxMOD_NONE: | |
4544 | if ( !IsEditable() ) | |
4545 | { | |
4546 | MoveCursorRight(false); | |
4547 | break; | |
4548 | } | |
4549 | //else: fall through | |
4550 | ||
4551 | default: | |
4552 | event.Skip(); | |
4553 | } | |
4554 | break; | |
4555 | ||
4556 | default: | |
4557 | event.Skip(); | |
4558 | break; | |
4559 | } | |
4560 | } | |
4561 | ||
4562 | m_inOnKeyDown = false; | |
4563 | } | |
4564 | ||
4565 | void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
4566 | { | |
4567 | // try local handlers | |
4568 | // | |
4569 | if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT ) | |
4570 | { | |
4571 | if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
4572 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4573 | { | |
4574 | if ( m_selection ) | |
4575 | { | |
4576 | m_selection->SelectBlock( | |
4577 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft, | |
4578 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight, | |
4579 | event); | |
4580 | } | |
4581 | } | |
4582 | ||
4583 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4584 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4585 | m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4586 | } | |
4587 | } | |
4588 | ||
4589 | void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
4590 | { | |
4591 | // is it possible to edit the current cell at all? | |
4592 | if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() ) | |
4593 | { | |
4594 | // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key | |
4595 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
4596 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
4597 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
4598 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
4599 | ||
4600 | // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for | |
4601 | // other keys - ask the editor itself | |
4602 | if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers()) | |
4603 | || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
4604 | { | |
4605 | // ensure cell is visble | |
4606 | MakeCellVisible(row, col); | |
4607 | EnableCellEditControl(); | |
4608 | ||
4609 | // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely | |
4610 | // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the | |
4611 | // control is not created and calling StartingKey will | |
4612 | // crash the app | |
4613 | if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
4614 | editor->StartingKey(event); | |
4615 | } | |
4616 | else | |
4617 | { | |
4618 | event.Skip(); | |
4619 | } | |
4620 | ||
4621 | editor->DecRef(); | |
4622 | attr->DecRef(); | |
4623 | } | |
4624 | else | |
4625 | { | |
4626 | event.Skip(); | |
4627 | } | |
4628 | } | |
4629 | ||
4630 | void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&) | |
4631 | { | |
4632 | } | |
4633 | ||
4634 | bool wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
4635 | { | |
4636 | if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords) == -1 ) | |
4637 | { | |
4638 | // the event has been vetoed - do nothing | |
4639 | return false; | |
4640 | } | |
4641 | ||
4642 | #if !defined(__WXMAC__) | |
4643 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
4644 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
4645 | #endif | |
4646 | ||
4647 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4648 | { | |
4649 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
4650 | ||
4651 | if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) ) | |
4652 | { | |
4653 | wxRect r; | |
4654 | r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords ); | |
4655 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
4656 | { | |
4657 | r.x--; | |
4658 | r.y--; | |
4659 | r.width++; | |
4660 | r.height++; | |
4661 | } | |
4662 | ||
4663 | wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r ); | |
4664 | ||
4665 | // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight! | |
4666 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; | |
4667 | ||
4668 | #if defined(__WXMAC__) | |
4669 | m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */); | |
4670 | #else | |
4671 | DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells ); | |
4672 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, r ); | |
4673 | #endif | |
4674 | } | |
4675 | } | |
4676 | ||
4677 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; | |
4678 | ||
4679 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords ); | |
4680 | #if !defined(__WXMAC__) | |
4681 | DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr ); | |
4682 | #endif | |
4683 | attr->DecRef(); | |
4684 | ||
4685 | return true; | |
4686 | } | |
4687 | ||
4688 | void | |
4689 | wxGrid::UpdateBlockBeingSelected(int topRow, int leftCol, | |
4690 | int bottomRow, int rightCol) | |
4691 | { | |
4692 | if ( m_selection ) | |
4693 | { | |
4694 | switch ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() ) | |
4695 | { | |
4696 | default: | |
4697 | wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown selection mode" ); | |
4698 | // fall through | |
4699 | ||
4700 | case wxGridSelectCells: | |
4701 | // arbitrary blocks selection allowed so just use the cell | |
4702 | // coordinates as is | |
4703 | break; | |
4704 | ||
4705 | case wxGridSelectRows: | |
4706 | // only full rows selection allowd, ensure that we do select | |
4707 | // full rows | |
4708 | leftCol = 0; | |
4709 | rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1; | |
4710 | break; | |
4711 | ||
4712 | case wxGridSelectColumns: | |
4713 | // same as above but for columns | |
4714 | topRow = 0; | |
4715 | bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1; | |
4716 | break; | |
4717 | ||
4718 | case wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns: | |
4719 | // in this mode we can select only full rows or full columns so | |
4720 | // it doesn't make sense to select blocks at all (and we can't | |
4721 | // extend the block because there is no preferred direction, we | |
4722 | // could only extend it to cover the entire grid but this is | |
4723 | // not useful) | |
4724 | return; | |
4725 | } | |
4726 | } | |
4727 | ||
4728 | m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridCellCoords(bottomRow, rightCol); | |
4729 | MakeCellVisible(m_selectedBlockCorner); | |
4730 | ||
4731 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(topRow, bottomRow); | |
4732 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(leftCol, rightCol); | |
4733 | ||
4734 | wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords(topRow, leftCol), | |
4735 | updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords(bottomRow, rightCol); | |
4736 | ||
4737 | // First the case that we selected a completely new area | |
4738 | if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords || | |
4739 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4740 | { | |
4741 | wxRect rect; | |
4742 | rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ), | |
4743 | wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) ); | |
4744 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
4745 | } | |
4746 | ||
4747 | // Now handle changing an existing selection area. | |
4748 | else if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != updateTopLeft || | |
4749 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight != updateBottomRight ) | |
4750 | { | |
4751 | // Compute two optimal update rectangles: | |
4752 | // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the | |
4753 | // other, or they are (almost) disjoint! | |
4754 | wxRect rect[4]; | |
4755 | bool need_refresh[4]; | |
4756 | need_refresh[0] = | |
4757 | need_refresh[1] = | |
4758 | need_refresh[2] = | |
4759 | need_refresh[3] = false; | |
4760 | int i; | |
4761 | ||
4762 | // Store intermediate values | |
4763 | wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol(); | |
4764 | wxCoord oldTop = m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow(); | |
4765 | wxCoord oldRight = m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol(); | |
4766 | wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow(); | |
4767 | ||
4768 | // Determine the outer/inner coordinates. | |
4769 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(oldLeft, leftCol); | |
4770 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(oldTop, topRow); | |
4771 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(rightCol, oldRight); | |
4772 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(bottomRow, oldBottom); | |
4773 | ||
4774 | // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer | |
4775 | // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one | |
4776 | // is contained in the other. | |
4777 | ||
4778 | if ( oldLeft < leftCol ) | |
4779 | { | |
4780 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
4781 | // area to the left of the old or new selection. | |
4782 | need_refresh[0] = true; | |
4783 | rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
4784 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, oldLeft ), | |
4785 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) ); | |
4786 | } | |
4787 | ||
4788 | if ( oldTop < topRow ) | |
4789 | { | |
4790 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
4791 | // area above the old or new selection. | |
4792 | need_refresh[1] = true; | |
4793 | rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
4794 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ), | |
4795 | wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) ); | |
4796 | } | |
4797 | ||
4798 | if ( oldRight > rightCol ) | |
4799 | { | |
4800 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
4801 | // area to the right of the old or new selection. | |
4802 | need_refresh[2] = true; | |
4803 | rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
4804 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ), | |
4805 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) ); | |
4806 | } | |
4807 | ||
4808 | if ( oldBottom > bottomRow ) | |
4809 | { | |
4810 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
4811 | // area below the old or new selection. | |
4812 | need_refresh[3] = true; | |
4813 | rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
4814 | wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ), | |
4815 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) ); | |
4816 | } | |
4817 | ||
4818 | // various Refresh() calls | |
4819 | for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) | |
4820 | if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
4821 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) ); | |
4822 | } | |
4823 | ||
4824 | // change selection | |
4825 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = updateTopLeft; | |
4826 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = updateBottomRight; | |
4827 | } | |
4828 | ||
4829 | // | |
4830 | // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions) | |
4831 | // | |
4832 | ||
4833 | bool wxGrid::GetModelValues() | |
4834 | { | |
4835 | // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value. | |
4836 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
4837 | ||
4838 | if ( m_table ) | |
4839 | { | |
4840 | // all we need to do is repaint the grid | |
4841 | // | |
4842 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
4843 | return true; | |
4844 | } | |
4845 | ||
4846 | return false; | |
4847 | } | |
4848 | ||
4849 | bool wxGrid::SetModelValues() | |
4850 | { | |
4851 | int row, col; | |
4852 | ||
4853 | // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value. | |
4854 | // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first? | |
4855 | // I think so ... | |
4856 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
4857 | ||
4858 | if ( m_table ) | |
4859 | { | |
4860 | for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
4861 | { | |
4862 | for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
4863 | { | |
4864 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) ); | |
4865 | } | |
4866 | } | |
4867 | ||
4868 | return true; | |
4869 | } | |
4870 | ||
4871 | return false; | |
4872 | } | |
4873 | ||
4874 | // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of | |
4875 | // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by | |
4876 | // CalcExposedCells) | |
4877 | // | |
4878 | void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells ) | |
4879 | { | |
4880 | if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols ) | |
4881 | return; | |
4882 | ||
4883 | int i, numCells = cells.GetCount(); | |
4884 | int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
4885 | wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells; | |
4886 | ||
4887 | for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
4888 | { | |
4889 | row = cells[i].GetRow(); | |
4890 | col = cells[i].GetCol(); | |
4891 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
4892 | ||
4893 | // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint | |
4894 | if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 ) | |
4895 | { | |
4896 | wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols ); | |
4897 | bool marked = false; | |
4898 | for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ ) | |
4899 | { | |
4900 | if ( cell == cells[j] ) | |
4901 | { | |
4902 | marked = true; | |
4903 | break; | |
4904 | } | |
4905 | } | |
4906 | ||
4907 | if (!marked) | |
4908 | { | |
4909 | int count = redrawCells.GetCount(); | |
4910 | for (int j = 0; j < count; j++) | |
4911 | { | |
4912 | if ( cell == redrawCells[j] ) | |
4913 | { | |
4914 | marked = true; | |
4915 | break; | |
4916 | } | |
4917 | } | |
4918 | ||
4919 | if (!marked) | |
4920 | redrawCells.Add( cell ); | |
4921 | } | |
4922 | ||
4923 | // don't bother drawing this cell | |
4924 | continue; | |
4925 | } | |
4926 | ||
4927 | // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow | |
4928 | if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) | |
4929 | { | |
4930 | for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ ) | |
4931 | { | |
4932 | // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint | |
4933 | int left = col; | |
4934 | for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++) | |
4935 | if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) && | |
4936 | (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row)) | |
4937 | { | |
4938 | left = redrawCells[k].GetCol(); | |
4939 | } | |
4940 | ||
4941 | if (left == col) | |
4942 | left = 0; // oh well | |
4943 | ||
4944 | for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--) | |
4945 | { | |
4946 | if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j)) | |
4947 | { | |
4948 | if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j)) | |
4949 | { | |
4950 | wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j); | |
4951 | bool marked = false; | |
4952 | ||
4953 | for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++) | |
4954 | { | |
4955 | if ( cell == cells[k] ) | |
4956 | { | |
4957 | marked = true; | |
4958 | break; | |
4959 | } | |
4960 | } | |
4961 | ||
4962 | if (!marked) | |
4963 | { | |
4964 | int count = redrawCells.GetCount(); | |
4965 | for (int k = 0; k < count; k++) | |
4966 | { | |
4967 | if ( cell == redrawCells[k] ) | |
4968 | { | |
4969 | marked = true; | |
4970 | break; | |
4971 | } | |
4972 | } | |
4973 | if (!marked) | |
4974 | redrawCells.Add( cell ); | |
4975 | } | |
4976 | } | |
4977 | break; | |
4978 | } | |
4979 | } | |
4980 | } | |
4981 | } | |
4982 | ||
4983 | DrawCell( dc, cells[i] ); | |
4984 | } | |
4985 | ||
4986 | numCells = redrawCells.GetCount(); | |
4987 | ||
4988 | for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
4989 | { | |
4990 | DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] ); | |
4991 | } | |
4992 | } | |
4993 | ||
4994 | void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc ) | |
4995 | { | |
4996 | int cw, ch; | |
4997 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4998 | ||
4999 | int right, bottom; | |
5000 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
5001 | ||
5002 | int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0; | |
5003 | int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0; | |
5004 | ||
5005 | if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow ) | |
5006 | { | |
5007 | int left, top; | |
5008 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
5009 | ||
5010 | dc.SetBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour()); | |
5011 | dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); | |
5012 | ||
5013 | if ( right > rightCol ) | |
5014 | { | |
5015 | dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch ); | |
5016 | } | |
5017 | ||
5018 | if ( bottom > bottomRow ) | |
5019 | { | |
5020 | dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow ); | |
5021 | } | |
5022 | } | |
5023 | } | |
5024 | ||
5025 | void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
5026 | { | |
5027 | int row = coords.GetRow(); | |
5028 | int col = coords.GetCol(); | |
5029 | ||
5030 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
5031 | return; | |
5032 | ||
5033 | // we draw the cell border ourselves | |
5034 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
5035 | ||
5036 | bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords; | |
5037 | ||
5038 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col ); | |
5039 | ||
5040 | // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer | |
5041 | // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden! | |
5042 | if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
5043 | { | |
5044 | // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the | |
5045 | // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered. | |
5046 | // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered | |
5047 | // implicitly, causing this out-of order render. | |
5048 | #if !defined(__WXMAC__) | |
5049 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
5050 | editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr); | |
5051 | editor->DecRef(); | |
5052 | #endif | |
5053 | } | |
5054 | else | |
5055 | { | |
5056 | // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized | |
5057 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
5058 | renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords)); | |
5059 | renderer->DecRef(); | |
5060 | } | |
5061 | ||
5062 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5063 | } | |
5064 | ||
5065 | void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr ) | |
5066 | { | |
5067 | // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus | |
5068 | if ( !HasFocus() ) | |
5069 | return; | |
5070 | ||
5071 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
5072 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
5073 | ||
5074 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
5075 | return; | |
5076 | ||
5077 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
5078 | ||
5079 | // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled? | |
5080 | // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but | |
5081 | // it doesn't look really good | |
5082 | ||
5083 | int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth; | |
5084 | ||
5085 | if (penWidth > 0) | |
5086 | { | |
5087 | // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of | |
5088 | // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the | |
5089 | // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of | |
5090 | // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then | |
5091 | // please #ifdef this appropriately. | |
5092 | rect.x += penWidth / 2; | |
5093 | rect.y += penWidth / 2; | |
5094 | rect.width -= penWidth - 1; | |
5095 | rect.height -= penWidth - 1; | |
5096 | ||
5097 | // Now draw the rectangle | |
5098 | // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this | |
5099 | // will ensure the cell is always visible. | |
5100 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground | |
5101 | : m_cellHighlightColour, | |
5102 | penWidth)); | |
5103 | dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); | |
5104 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
5105 | } | |
5106 | } | |
5107 | ||
5108 | wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen() | |
5109 | { | |
5110 | return wxPen(GetGridLineColour()); | |
5111 | } | |
5112 | ||
5113 | wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row)) | |
5114 | { | |
5115 | return GetDefaultGridLinePen(); | |
5116 | } | |
5117 | ||
5118 | wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col)) | |
5119 | { | |
5120 | return GetDefaultGridLinePen(); | |
5121 | } | |
5122 | ||
5123 | void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
5124 | { | |
5125 | int row = coords.GetRow(); | |
5126 | int col = coords.GetCol(); | |
5127 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
5128 | return; | |
5129 | ||
5130 | ||
5131 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col ); | |
5132 | ||
5133 | // right hand border | |
5134 | dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) ); | |
5135 | dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y, | |
5136 | rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 ); | |
5137 | ||
5138 | // bottom border | |
5139 | dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) ); | |
5140 | dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height, | |
5141 | rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height); | |
5142 | } | |
5143 | ||
5144 | void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells) | |
5145 | { | |
5146 | // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't | |
5147 | // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB | |
5148 | // | |
5149 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
5150 | m_numRows && m_numCols ) | |
5151 | { | |
5152 | m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0); | |
5153 | } | |
5154 | ||
5155 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
5156 | { | |
5157 | // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown | |
5158 | return; | |
5159 | } | |
5160 | ||
5161 | // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it | |
5162 | // might have been damaged by the grid lines | |
5163 | size_t count = cells.GetCount(); | |
5164 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
5165 | { | |
5166 | wxGridCellCoords cell = cells[n]; | |
5167 | ||
5168 | // If we are using attributes, then we may have just exposed another | |
5169 | // cell in a partially-visible merged cluster of cells. If the "anchor" | |
5170 | // (upper left) cell of this merged cluster is the cell indicated by | |
5171 | // m_currentCellCoords, then we need to refresh the cell highlight even | |
5172 | // though the "anchor" itself is not part of our update segment. | |
5173 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
5174 | { | |
5175 | int rows = 0, | |
5176 | cols = 0; | |
5177 | GetCellSize(cell.GetRow(), cell.GetCol(), &rows, &cols); | |
5178 | ||
5179 | if ( rows < 0 ) | |
5180 | cell.SetRow(cell.GetRow() + rows); | |
5181 | ||
5182 | if ( cols < 0 ) | |
5183 | cell.SetCol(cell.GetCol() + cols); | |
5184 | } | |
5185 | ||
5186 | if ( cell == m_currentCellCoords ) | |
5187 | { | |
5188 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
5189 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
5190 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5191 | ||
5192 | break; | |
5193 | } | |
5194 | } | |
5195 | } | |
5196 | ||
5197 | // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour | |
5198 | // has been changed | |
5199 | // | |
5200 | void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) ) | |
5201 | { | |
5202 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
5203 | return; | |
5204 | ||
5205 | int top, bottom, left, right; | |
5206 | ||
5207 | int cw, ch; | |
5208 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); | |
5209 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
5210 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
5211 | ||
5212 | // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col | |
5213 | if ( m_gridLinesClipHorz ) | |
5214 | { | |
5215 | if ( !m_numCols ) | |
5216 | return; | |
5217 | ||
5218 | const int lastColRight = GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)); | |
5219 | if ( right > lastColRight ) | |
5220 | right = lastColRight; | |
5221 | } | |
5222 | ||
5223 | if ( m_gridLinesClipVert ) | |
5224 | { | |
5225 | if ( !m_numRows ) | |
5226 | return; | |
5227 | ||
5228 | const int lastRowBottom = GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1); | |
5229 | if ( bottom > lastRowBottom ) | |
5230 | bottom = lastRowBottom; | |
5231 | } | |
5232 | ||
5233 | // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out | |
5234 | int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); | |
5235 | int topRow = internalYToRow(top); | |
5236 | int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) ); | |
5237 | int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom); | |
5238 | ||
5239 | wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch); | |
5240 | ||
5241 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
5242 | wxRect rect; | |
5243 | ||
5244 | for ( int j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ ) | |
5245 | { | |
5246 | for ( int colPos = leftCol; colPos <= rightCol; colPos++ ) | |
5247 | { | |
5248 | int i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
5249 | ||
5250 | GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
5251 | if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1)) | |
5252 | { | |
5253 | rect = CellToRect(j,i); | |
5254 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
5255 | clippedcells.Subtract(rect); | |
5256 | } | |
5257 | else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0)) | |
5258 | { | |
5259 | rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols); | |
5260 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
5261 | clippedcells.Subtract(rect); | |
5262 | } | |
5263 | } | |
5264 | } | |
5265 | ||
5266 | dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells ); | |
5267 | ||
5268 | ||
5269 | // horizontal grid lines | |
5270 | for ( int i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
5271 | { | |
5272 | int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1; | |
5273 | ||
5274 | if ( bot > bottom ) | |
5275 | break; | |
5276 | ||
5277 | if ( bot >= top ) | |
5278 | { | |
5279 | dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) ); | |
5280 | dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot ); | |
5281 | } | |
5282 | } | |
5283 | ||
5284 | // vertical grid lines | |
5285 | for ( int colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
5286 | { | |
5287 | int i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
5288 | ||
5289 | int colRight = GetColRight(i); | |
5290 | #ifdef __WXGTK__ | |
5291 | if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft) | |
5292 | #endif | |
5293 | colRight--; | |
5294 | ||
5295 | if ( colRight > right ) | |
5296 | break; | |
5297 | ||
5298 | if ( colRight >= left ) | |
5299 | { | |
5300 | dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) ); | |
5301 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom ); | |
5302 | } | |
5303 | } | |
5304 | ||
5305 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); | |
5306 | } | |
5307 | ||
5308 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows) | |
5309 | { | |
5310 | if ( !m_numRows ) | |
5311 | return; | |
5312 | ||
5313 | const size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount(); | |
5314 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) | |
5315 | { | |
5316 | DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] ); | |
5317 | } | |
5318 | } | |
5319 | ||
5320 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row ) | |
5321 | { | |
5322 | if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 ) | |
5323 | return; | |
5324 | ||
5325 | wxRect rect; | |
5326 | ||
5327 | int rowTop = GetRowTop(row), | |
5328 | rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1; | |
5329 | ||
5330 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW))); | |
5331 | dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom ); | |
5332 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom ); | |
5333 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom ); | |
5334 | ||
5335 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
5336 | dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom ); | |
5337 | dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop ); | |
5338 | ||
5339 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT ); | |
5340 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); | |
5341 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
5342 | ||
5343 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
5344 | GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign ); | |
5345 | ||
5346 | rect.SetX( 2 ); | |
5347 | rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 ); | |
5348 | rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 ); | |
5349 | rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 ); | |
5350 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign ); | |
5351 | } | |
5352 | ||
5353 | void wxGrid::UseNativeColHeader(bool native) | |
5354 | { | |
5355 | if ( native == m_useNativeHeader ) | |
5356 | return; | |
5357 | ||
5358 | delete m_colWindow; | |
5359 | m_useNativeHeader = native; | |
5360 | ||
5361 | CreateColumnWindow(); | |
5362 | ||
5363 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
5364 | GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); | |
5365 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
5366 | } | |
5367 | ||
5368 | void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native ) | |
5369 | { | |
5370 | wxASSERT_MSG( !m_useNativeHeader, | |
5371 | "doesn't make sense when using native header" ); | |
5372 | ||
5373 | m_nativeColumnLabels = native; | |
5374 | if (native) | |
5375 | { | |
5376 | int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this ); | |
5377 | SetColLabelSize( height ); | |
5378 | } | |
5379 | ||
5380 | GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh(); | |
5381 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
5382 | } | |
5383 | ||
5384 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols ) | |
5385 | { | |
5386 | if ( !m_numCols ) | |
5387 | return; | |
5388 | ||
5389 | const size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount(); | |
5390 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) | |
5391 | { | |
5392 | DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] ); | |
5393 | } | |
5394 | } | |
5395 | ||
5396 | void wxGrid::DrawCornerLabel(wxDC& dc) | |
5397 | { | |
5398 | if ( m_nativeColumnLabels ) | |
5399 | { | |
5400 | wxRect rect(wxSize(m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight)); | |
5401 | rect.Deflate(1); | |
5402 | ||
5403 | wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton(m_cornerLabelWin, dc, rect, 0); | |
5404 | } | |
5405 | else | |
5406 | { | |
5407 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW))); | |
5408 | dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1, | |
5409 | m_rowLabelWidth - 1, 0 ); | |
5410 | dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1, | |
5411 | 0, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); | |
5412 | dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, 0 ); | |
5413 | dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, m_colLabelHeight ); | |
5414 | ||
5415 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
5416 | dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, 1 ); | |
5417 | dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); | |
5418 | } | |
5419 | } | |
5420 | ||
5421 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabel(wxDC& dc, int col) | |
5422 | { | |
5423 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 ) | |
5424 | return; | |
5425 | ||
5426 | int colLeft = GetColLeft(col); | |
5427 | ||
5428 | wxRect rect(colLeft, 0, GetColWidth(col), m_colLabelHeight); | |
5429 | ||
5430 | if ( m_nativeColumnLabels ) | |
5431 | { | |
5432 | wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton | |
5433 | ( | |
5434 | GetColLabelWindow(), | |
5435 | dc, | |
5436 | rect, | |
5437 | 0, | |
5438 | IsSortingBy(col) | |
5439 | ? IsSortOrderAscending() | |
5440 | ? wxHDR_SORT_ICON_UP | |
5441 | : wxHDR_SORT_ICON_DOWN | |
5442 | : wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE | |
5443 | ); | |
5444 | } | |
5445 | else | |
5446 | { | |
5447 | int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1; | |
5448 | ||
5449 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW))); | |
5450 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, | |
5451 | colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); | |
5452 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, | |
5453 | colRight, 0 ); | |
5454 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1, | |
5455 | colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); | |
5456 | ||
5457 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
5458 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); | |
5459 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 ); | |
5460 | } | |
5461 | ||
5462 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT ); | |
5463 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); | |
5464 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
5465 | ||
5466 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
5467 | GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign ); | |
5468 | const int orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation(); | |
5469 | ||
5470 | rect.Deflate(2); | |
5471 | DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetColLabelValue(col), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient); | |
5472 | } | |
5473 | ||
5474 | // TODO: these 2 functions should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which | |
5475 | // we just have to add textOrientation support | |
5476 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc, | |
5477 | const wxString& value, | |
5478 | const wxRect& rect, | |
5479 | int horizAlign, | |
5480 | int vertAlign, | |
5481 | int textOrientation ) | |
5482 | { | |
5483 | wxArrayString lines; | |
5484 | ||
5485 | StringToLines( value, lines ); | |
5486 | ||
5487 | DrawTextRectangle(dc, lines, rect, horizAlign, vertAlign, textOrientation); | |
5488 | } | |
5489 | ||
5490 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc, | |
5491 | const wxArrayString& lines, | |
5492 | const wxRect& rect, | |
5493 | int horizAlign, | |
5494 | int vertAlign, | |
5495 | int textOrientation) | |
5496 | { | |
5497 | if ( lines.empty() ) | |
5498 | return; | |
5499 | ||
5500 | wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect); | |
5501 | ||
5502 | long textWidth, | |
5503 | textHeight; | |
5504 | ||
5505 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
5506 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight ); | |
5507 | else | |
5508 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth ); | |
5509 | ||
5510 | int x = 0, | |
5511 | y = 0; | |
5512 | switch ( vertAlign ) | |
5513 | { | |
5514 | case wxALIGN_BOTTOM: | |
5515 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
5516 | y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1); | |
5517 | else | |
5518 | x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth; | |
5519 | break; | |
5520 | ||
5521 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: | |
5522 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
5523 | y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2); | |
5524 | else | |
5525 | x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2); | |
5526 | break; | |
5527 | ||
5528 | case wxALIGN_TOP: | |
5529 | default: | |
5530 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
5531 | y = rect.y + 1; | |
5532 | else | |
5533 | x = rect.x + 1; | |
5534 | break; | |
5535 | } | |
5536 | ||
5537 | // Align each line of a multi-line label | |
5538 | size_t nLines = lines.GetCount(); | |
5539 | for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ ) | |
5540 | { | |
5541 | const wxString& line = lines[l]; | |
5542 | ||
5543 | if ( line.empty() ) | |
5544 | { | |
5545 | *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight(); | |
5546 | continue; | |
5547 | } | |
5548 | ||
5549 | wxCoord lineWidth = 0, | |
5550 | lineHeight = 0; | |
5551 | dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight); | |
5552 | ||
5553 | switch ( horizAlign ) | |
5554 | { | |
5555 | case wxALIGN_RIGHT: | |
5556 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
5557 | x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1); | |
5558 | else | |
5559 | y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1; | |
5560 | break; | |
5561 | ||
5562 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: | |
5563 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
5564 | x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2); | |
5565 | else | |
5566 | y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2); | |
5567 | break; | |
5568 | ||
5569 | case wxALIGN_LEFT: | |
5570 | default: | |
5571 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
5572 | x = rect.x + 1; | |
5573 | else | |
5574 | y = rect.y + rect.height - 1; | |
5575 | break; | |
5576 | } | |
5577 | ||
5578 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
5579 | { | |
5580 | dc.DrawText( line, x, y ); | |
5581 | y += lineHeight; | |
5582 | } | |
5583 | else | |
5584 | { | |
5585 | dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 ); | |
5586 | x += lineHeight; | |
5587 | } | |
5588 | } | |
5589 | } | |
5590 | ||
5591 | // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings. | |
5592 | // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved. | |
5593 | // | |
5594 | // TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here | |
5595 | void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const | |
5596 | { | |
5597 | int startPos = 0; | |
5598 | int pos; | |
5599 | wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix ); | |
5600 | wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix ); | |
5601 | ||
5602 | while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() ) | |
5603 | { | |
5604 | pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol ); | |
5605 | if ( pos < 0 ) | |
5606 | { | |
5607 | break; | |
5608 | } | |
5609 | else if ( pos == 0 ) | |
5610 | { | |
5611 | lines.Add( wxEmptyString ); | |
5612 | } | |
5613 | else | |
5614 | { | |
5615 | lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) ); | |
5616 | } | |
5617 | ||
5618 | startPos += pos + 1; | |
5619 | } | |
5620 | ||
5621 | if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() ) | |
5622 | { | |
5623 | lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) ); | |
5624 | } | |
5625 | } | |
5626 | ||
5627 | void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc, | |
5628 | const wxArrayString& lines, | |
5629 | long *width, long *height ) const | |
5630 | { | |
5631 | wxCoord w = 0; | |
5632 | wxCoord h = 0; | |
5633 | wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0; | |
5634 | ||
5635 | size_t i; | |
5636 | for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ ) | |
5637 | { | |
5638 | dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH ); | |
5639 | w = wxMax( w, lineW ); | |
5640 | h += lineH; | |
5641 | } | |
5642 | ||
5643 | *width = w; | |
5644 | *height = h; | |
5645 | } | |
5646 | ||
5647 | // | |
5648 | // ------ Batch processing. | |
5649 | // | |
5650 | void wxGrid::EndBatch() | |
5651 | { | |
5652 | if ( m_batchCount > 0 ) | |
5653 | { | |
5654 | m_batchCount--; | |
5655 | if ( !m_batchCount ) | |
5656 | { | |
5657 | CalcDimensions(); | |
5658 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
5659 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
5660 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
5661 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
5662 | } | |
5663 | } | |
5664 | } | |
5665 | ||
5666 | // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate | |
5667 | // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a | |
5668 | // BeginBatch / EndBatch block. | |
5669 | // | |
5670 | void wxGrid::ForceRefresh() | |
5671 | { | |
5672 | BeginBatch(); | |
5673 | EndBatch(); | |
5674 | } | |
5675 | ||
5676 | bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable) | |
5677 | { | |
5678 | if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) ) | |
5679 | return false; | |
5680 | ||
5681 | // redraw in the new state | |
5682 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
5683 | ||
5684 | return true; | |
5685 | } | |
5686 | ||
5687 | // | |
5688 | // ------ Edit control functions | |
5689 | // | |
5690 | ||
5691 | void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit ) | |
5692 | { | |
5693 | if ( edit != m_editable ) | |
5694 | { | |
5695 | if (!edit) | |
5696 | EnableCellEditControl(edit); | |
5697 | m_editable = edit; | |
5698 | } | |
5699 | } | |
5700 | ||
5701 | void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable ) | |
5702 | { | |
5703 | if (! m_editable) | |
5704 | return; | |
5705 | ||
5706 | if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
5707 | { | |
5708 | if ( enable ) | |
5709 | { | |
5710 | if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) == -1 ) | |
5711 | return; | |
5712 | ||
5713 | // this should be checked by the caller! | |
5714 | wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") ); | |
5715 | ||
5716 | // do it before ShowCellEditControl() | |
5717 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; | |
5718 | ||
5719 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
5720 | } | |
5721 | else | |
5722 | { | |
5723 | SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN); | |
5724 | ||
5725 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5726 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
5727 | ||
5728 | // do it after HideCellEditControl() | |
5729 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; | |
5730 | } | |
5731 | } | |
5732 | } | |
5733 | ||
5734 | bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const | |
5735 | { | |
5736 | // const_cast | |
5737 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
5738 | bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly(); | |
5739 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5740 | ||
5741 | return readonly; | |
5742 | } | |
5743 | ||
5744 | bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const | |
5745 | { | |
5746 | return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) && | |
5747 | !IsCurrentCellReadOnly(); | |
5748 | } | |
5749 | ||
5750 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const | |
5751 | { | |
5752 | // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the | |
5753 | // current one if it's read only | |
5754 | return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false; | |
5755 | } | |
5756 | ||
5757 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const | |
5758 | { | |
5759 | bool isShown = false; | |
5760 | ||
5761 | if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
5762 | { | |
5763 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
5764 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
5765 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
5766 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col); | |
5767 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5768 | ||
5769 | if ( editor ) | |
5770 | { | |
5771 | if ( editor->IsCreated() ) | |
5772 | { | |
5773 | isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown(); | |
5774 | } | |
5775 | ||
5776 | editor->DecRef(); | |
5777 | } | |
5778 | } | |
5779 | ||
5780 | return isShown; | |
5781 | } | |
5782 | ||
5783 | void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl() | |
5784 | { | |
5785 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
5786 | { | |
5787 | if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) ) | |
5788 | { | |
5789 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false; | |
5790 | return; | |
5791 | } | |
5792 | else | |
5793 | { | |
5794 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords ); | |
5795 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
5796 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
5797 | ||
5798 | // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft) | |
5799 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
5800 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
5801 | if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 ) | |
5802 | { | |
5803 | row += cell_rows; | |
5804 | col += cell_cols; | |
5805 | m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row ); | |
5806 | m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col ); | |
5807 | } | |
5808 | ||
5809 | // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor | |
5810 | // might not cover the entire cell | |
5811 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5812 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5813 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
5814 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour())); | |
5815 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); | |
5816 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
5817 | ||
5818 | // convert to scrolled coords | |
5819 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
5820 | ||
5821 | int nXMove = 0; | |
5822 | if (rect.x < 0) | |
5823 | nXMove = rect.x; | |
5824 | ||
5825 | // cell is shifted by one pixel | |
5826 | // However, don't allow x or y to become negative | |
5827 | // since the SetSize() method interprets that as | |
5828 | // "don't change." | |
5829 | if (rect.x > 0) | |
5830 | rect.x--; | |
5831 | if (rect.y > 0) | |
5832 | rect.y--; | |
5833 | ||
5834 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
5835 | if ( !editor->IsCreated() ) | |
5836 | { | |
5837 | editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY, | |
5838 | new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor)); | |
5839 | ||
5840 | wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(), | |
5841 | wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, | |
5842 | this, | |
5843 | row, | |
5844 | col, | |
5845 | editor->GetControl()); | |
5846 | GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt); | |
5847 | } | |
5848 | ||
5849 | // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed | |
5850 | int maxWidth = rect.width; | |
5851 | wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col); | |
5852 | if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) ) | |
5853 | { | |
5854 | int y; | |
5855 | GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont()); | |
5856 | if (maxWidth < rect.width) | |
5857 | maxWidth = rect.width; | |
5858 | } | |
5859 | ||
5860 | int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); | |
5861 | if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right) | |
5862 | maxWidth = client_right - rect.x; | |
5863 | ||
5864 | if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table) | |
5865 | { | |
5866 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
5867 | // may have changed earlier | |
5868 | for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++) | |
5869 | { | |
5870 | int c_rows, c_cols; | |
5871 | GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols ); | |
5872 | ||
5873 | // looks weird going over a multicell | |
5874 | if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) && | |
5875 | (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1)) | |
5876 | { | |
5877 | rect.width += GetColWidth( i ); | |
5878 | } | |
5879 | else | |
5880 | break; | |
5881 | } | |
5882 | ||
5883 | if (rect.GetRight() > client_right) | |
5884 | rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 ); | |
5885 | } | |
5886 | ||
5887 | editor->SetCellAttr( attr ); | |
5888 | editor->SetSize( rect ); | |
5889 | if (nXMove != 0) | |
5890 | editor->GetControl()->Move( | |
5891 | editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove, | |
5892 | editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y ); | |
5893 | editor->Show( true, attr ); | |
5894 | ||
5895 | // recalc dimensions in case we need to | |
5896 | // expand the scrolled window to account for editor | |
5897 | CalcDimensions(); | |
5898 | ||
5899 | editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this); | |
5900 | editor->SetCellAttr(NULL); | |
5901 | ||
5902 | editor->DecRef(); | |
5903 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5904 | } | |
5905 | } | |
5906 | } | |
5907 | ||
5908 | void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl() | |
5909 | { | |
5910 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
5911 | { | |
5912 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
5913 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
5914 | ||
5915 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
5916 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
5917 | const bool editorHadFocus = editor->GetControl()->HasFocus(); | |
5918 | editor->Show( false ); | |
5919 | editor->DecRef(); | |
5920 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5921 | ||
5922 | // return the focus to the grid itself if the editor had it | |
5923 | // | |
5924 | // note that we must not do this unconditionally to avoid stealing | |
5925 | // focus from the window which just received it if we are hiding the | |
5926 | // editor precisely because we lost focus | |
5927 | if ( editorHadFocus ) | |
5928 | m_gridWin->SetFocus(); | |
5929 | ||
5930 | // refresh whole row to the right | |
5931 | wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) ); | |
5932 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
5933 | rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x; | |
5934 | ||
5935 | #ifdef __WXMAC__ | |
5936 | // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well | |
5937 | rect.Inflate(10, 10); | |
5938 | #endif | |
5939 | ||
5940 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
5941 | } | |
5942 | } | |
5943 | ||
5944 | void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue() | |
5945 | { | |
5946 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
5947 | { | |
5948 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
5949 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
5950 | ||
5951 | wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col); | |
5952 | ||
5953 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
5954 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
5955 | ||
5956 | wxString newval; | |
5957 | bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this, oldval, &newval); | |
5958 | ||
5959 | if ( changed && SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING, newval) != -1 ) | |
5960 | { | |
5961 | editor->ApplyEdit(row, col, this); | |
5962 | ||
5963 | // for compatibility reasons dating back to wx 2.8 when this event | |
5964 | // was called wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE and wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING | |
5965 | // didn't exist we allow vetoing this one too | |
5966 | if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED, oldval) == -1 ) | |
5967 | { | |
5968 | // Event has been vetoed, set the data back. | |
5969 | SetCellValue(row, col, oldval); | |
5970 | } | |
5971 | } | |
5972 | ||
5973 | editor->DecRef(); | |
5974 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5975 | } | |
5976 | } | |
5977 | ||
5978 | // | |
5979 | // ------ Grid location functions | |
5980 | // Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of | |
5981 | // grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device | |
5982 | // coordinates for mouse events etc. | |
5983 | // | |
5984 | ||
5985 | wxGridCellCoords wxGrid::XYToCell(int x, int y) const | |
5986 | { | |
5987 | int row = YToRow(y); | |
5988 | int col = XToCol(x); | |
5989 | ||
5990 | return row == -1 || col == -1 ? wxGridNoCellCoords | |
5991 | : wxGridCellCoords(row, col); | |
5992 | } | |
5993 | ||
5994 | // compute row or column from some (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either | |
5995 | // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array of | |
5996 | // m_rowBottoms/m_colRights to do it quickly (linear search shouldn't be used | |
5997 | // for large grids) | |
5998 | int wxGrid::PosToLinePos(int coord, | |
5999 | bool clipToMinMax, | |
6000 | const wxGridOperations& oper) const | |
6001 | { | |
6002 | const int numLines = oper.GetNumberOfLines(this); | |
6003 | ||
6004 | if ( coord < 0 ) | |
6005 | return clipToMinMax && numLines > 0 ? 0 : wxNOT_FOUND; | |
6006 | ||
6007 | const int defaultLineSize = oper.GetDefaultLineSize(this); | |
6008 | wxCHECK_MSG( defaultLineSize, -1, "can't have 0 default line size" ); | |
6009 | ||
6010 | int maxPos = coord / defaultLineSize, | |
6011 | minPos = 0; | |
6012 | ||
6013 | // check for the simplest case: if we have no explicit line sizes | |
6014 | // configured, then we already know the line this position falls in | |
6015 | const wxArrayInt& lineEnds = oper.GetLineEnds(this); | |
6016 | if ( lineEnds.empty() ) | |
6017 | { | |
6018 | if ( maxPos < numLines ) | |
6019 | return maxPos; | |
6020 | ||
6021 | return clipToMinMax ? numLines - 1 : -1; | |
6022 | } | |
6023 | ||
6024 | ||
6025 | // adjust maxPos before starting the binary search | |
6026 | if ( maxPos >= numLines ) | |
6027 | { | |
6028 | maxPos = numLines - 1; | |
6029 | } | |
6030 | else | |
6031 | { | |
6032 | if ( coord >= lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos)]) | |
6033 | { | |
6034 | minPos = maxPos; | |
6035 | const int minDist = oper.GetMinimalAcceptableLineSize(this); | |
6036 | if ( minDist ) | |
6037 | maxPos = coord / minDist; | |
6038 | else | |
6039 | maxPos = numLines - 1; | |
6040 | } | |
6041 | ||
6042 | if ( maxPos >= numLines ) | |
6043 | maxPos = numLines - 1; | |
6044 | } | |
6045 | ||
6046 | // check if the position is beyond the last column | |
6047 | const int lineAtMaxPos = oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos); | |
6048 | if ( coord >= lineEnds[lineAtMaxPos] ) | |
6049 | return clipToMinMax ? maxPos : -1; | |
6050 | ||
6051 | // or before the first one | |
6052 | const int lineAt0 = oper.GetLineAt(this, 0); | |
6053 | if ( coord < lineEnds[lineAt0] ) | |
6054 | return 0; | |
6055 | ||
6056 | ||
6057 | // finally do perform the binary search | |
6058 | while ( minPos < maxPos ) | |
6059 | { | |
6060 | wxCHECK_MSG( lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, minPos)] <= coord && | |
6061 | coord < lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos)], | |
6062 | -1, | |
6063 | "wxGrid: internal error in PosToLinePos()" ); | |
6064 | ||
6065 | if ( coord >= lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos - 1)] ) | |
6066 | return maxPos; | |
6067 | else | |
6068 | maxPos--; | |
6069 | ||
6070 | const int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2; | |
6071 | if ( coord < lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, median)] ) | |
6072 | maxPos = median; | |
6073 | else | |
6074 | minPos = median; | |
6075 | } | |
6076 | ||
6077 | return maxPos; | |
6078 | } | |
6079 | ||
6080 | int | |
6081 | wxGrid::PosToLine(int coord, | |
6082 | bool clipToMinMax, | |
6083 | const wxGridOperations& oper) const | |
6084 | { | |
6085 | int pos = PosToLinePos(coord, clipToMinMax, oper); | |
6086 | ||
6087 | return pos == wxNOT_FOUND ? wxNOT_FOUND : oper.GetLineAt(this, pos); | |
6088 | } | |
6089 | ||
6090 | int wxGrid::YToRow(int y, bool clipToMinMax) const | |
6091 | { | |
6092 | return PosToLine(y, clipToMinMax, wxGridRowOperations()); | |
6093 | } | |
6094 | ||
6095 | int wxGrid::XToCol(int x, bool clipToMinMax) const | |
6096 | { | |
6097 | return PosToLine(x, clipToMinMax, wxGridColumnOperations()); | |
6098 | } | |
6099 | ||
6100 | int wxGrid::XToPos(int x) const | |
6101 | { | |
6102 | return PosToLinePos(x, true /* clip */, wxGridColumnOperations()); | |
6103 | } | |
6104 | ||
6105 | // return the row number such that the y coord is near the edge of, or -1 if | |
6106 | // not near an edge. | |
6107 | // | |
6108 | // notice that position can only possibly be near an edge if the row/column is | |
6109 | // large enough to still allow for an "inner" area that is _not_ near the edge | |
6110 | // (i.e., if the height/width is smaller than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, pos will | |
6111 | // _never_ be considered to be near the edge). | |
6112 | int wxGrid::PosToEdgeOfLine(int pos, const wxGridOperations& oper) const | |
6113 | { | |
6114 | const int line = oper.PosToLine(this, pos, true); | |
6115 | ||
6116 | if ( oper.GetLineSize(this, line) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
6117 | { | |
6118 | // We know that we are in this line, test whether we are close enough | |
6119 | // to start or end border, respectively. | |
6120 | if ( abs(oper.GetLineEndPos(this, line) - pos) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
6121 | return line; | |
6122 | else if ( line > 0 && | |
6123 | pos - oper.GetLineStartPos(this, | |
6124 | line) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
6125 | return line - 1; | |
6126 | } | |
6127 | ||
6128 | return -1; | |
6129 | } | |
6130 | ||
6131 | int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow(int y) const | |
6132 | { | |
6133 | return PosToEdgeOfLine(y, wxGridRowOperations()); | |
6134 | } | |
6135 | ||
6136 | int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol(int x) const | |
6137 | { | |
6138 | return PosToEdgeOfLine(x, wxGridColumnOperations()); | |
6139 | } | |
6140 | ||
6141 | wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const | |
6142 | { | |
6143 | wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); | |
6144 | ||
6145 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && | |
6146 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) | |
6147 | { | |
6148 | int i, cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
6149 | rect.width = rect.height = 0; | |
6150 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
6151 | // if negative then find multicell owner | |
6152 | if (cell_rows < 0) | |
6153 | row += cell_rows; | |
6154 | if (cell_cols < 0) | |
6155 | col += cell_cols; | |
6156 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
6157 | ||
6158 | rect.x = GetColLeft(col); | |
6159 | rect.y = GetRowTop(row); | |
6160 | for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++) | |
6161 | rect.width += GetColWidth(i); | |
6162 | for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++) | |
6163 | rect.height += GetRowHeight(i); | |
6164 | ||
6165 | // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller | |
6166 | if (m_gridLinesEnabled) | |
6167 | { | |
6168 | rect.width -= 1; | |
6169 | rect.height -= 1; | |
6170 | } | |
6171 | } | |
6172 | ||
6173 | return rect; | |
6174 | } | |
6175 | ||
6176 | bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const | |
6177 | { | |
6178 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords | |
6179 | // | |
6180 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
6181 | ||
6182 | // convert to device coords | |
6183 | // | |
6184 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
6185 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
6186 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
6187 | ||
6188 | // check against the client area of the grid window | |
6189 | int cw, ch; | |
6190 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
6191 | ||
6192 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) | |
6193 | { | |
6194 | // is the cell wholly visible ? | |
6195 | return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw && | |
6196 | top >= 0 && bottom <= ch ); | |
6197 | } | |
6198 | else | |
6199 | { | |
6200 | // is the cell partly visible ? | |
6201 | // | |
6202 | return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) && | |
6203 | ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) ); | |
6204 | } | |
6205 | } | |
6206 | ||
6207 | // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount | |
6208 | // of scrolling | |
6209 | // | |
6210 | void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col ) | |
6211 | { | |
6212 | int i; | |
6213 | int xpos = -1, ypos = -1; | |
6214 | ||
6215 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && | |
6216 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) | |
6217 | { | |
6218 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords | |
6219 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
6220 | ||
6221 | // convert to device coords | |
6222 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
6223 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
6224 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
6225 | ||
6226 | int cw, ch; | |
6227 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
6228 | ||
6229 | if ( top < 0 ) | |
6230 | { | |
6231 | ypos = r.GetTop(); | |
6232 | } | |
6233 | else if ( bottom > ch ) | |
6234 | { | |
6235 | int h = r.GetHeight(); | |
6236 | ypos = r.GetTop(); | |
6237 | for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
6238 | { | |
6239 | int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i); | |
6240 | if ( h + rowHeight > ch ) | |
6241 | break; | |
6242 | ||
6243 | h += rowHeight; | |
6244 | ypos -= rowHeight; | |
6245 | } | |
6246 | ||
6247 | // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't | |
6248 | // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do, | |
6249 | // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn) | |
6250 | // | |
6251 | // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough, | |
6252 | // so just add a full scroll unit... | |
6253 | ypos += m_scrollLineY; | |
6254 | } | |
6255 | ||
6256 | // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell! | |
6257 | // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between | |
6258 | // left and right part of the cell on every step! | |
6259 | // if ( left < 0 ) | |
6260 | if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw ) | |
6261 | { | |
6262 | xpos = r.GetLeft(); | |
6263 | } | |
6264 | else if ( right > cw ) | |
6265 | { | |
6266 | // position the view so that the cell is on the right | |
6267 | int x0, y0; | |
6268 | CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0); | |
6269 | xpos = x0 + (right - cw); | |
6270 | ||
6271 | // see comment for ypos above | |
6272 | xpos += m_scrollLineX; | |
6273 | } | |
6274 | ||
6275 | if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 ) | |
6276 | { | |
6277 | if ( xpos != -1 ) | |
6278 | xpos /= m_scrollLineX; | |
6279 | if ( ypos != -1 ) | |
6280 | ypos /= m_scrollLineY; | |
6281 | Scroll( xpos, ypos ); | |
6282 | AdjustScrollbars(); | |
6283 | } | |
6284 | } | |
6285 | } | |
6286 | ||
6287 | // | |
6288 | // ------ Grid cursor movement functions | |
6289 | // | |
6290 | ||
6291 | bool | |
6292 | wxGrid::DoMoveCursor(bool expandSelection, | |
6293 | const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper) | |
6294 | { | |
6295 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6296 | return false; | |
6297 | ||
6298 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
6299 | { | |
6300 | wxGridCellCoords coords = m_selectedBlockCorner; | |
6301 | if ( coords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6302 | coords = m_currentCellCoords; | |
6303 | ||
6304 | if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) ) | |
6305 | return false; | |
6306 | ||
6307 | diroper.Advance(coords); | |
6308 | ||
6309 | UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords); | |
6310 | } | |
6311 | else // don't expand selection | |
6312 | { | |
6313 | ClearSelection(); | |
6314 | ||
6315 | if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) ) | |
6316 | return false; | |
6317 | ||
6318 | wxGridCellCoords coords = m_currentCellCoords; | |
6319 | diroper.Advance(coords); | |
6320 | ||
6321 | GoToCell(coords); | |
6322 | } | |
6323 | ||
6324 | return true; | |
6325 | } | |
6326 | ||
6327 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp(bool expandSelection) | |
6328 | { | |
6329 | return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection, | |
6330 | wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())); | |
6331 | } | |
6332 | ||
6333 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown(bool expandSelection) | |
6334 | { | |
6335 | return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection, | |
6336 | wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())); | |
6337 | } | |
6338 | ||
6339 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft(bool expandSelection) | |
6340 | { | |
6341 | return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection, | |
6342 | wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations())); | |
6343 | } | |
6344 | ||
6345 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight(bool expandSelection) | |
6346 | { | |
6347 | return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection, | |
6348 | wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations())); | |
6349 | } | |
6350 | ||
6351 | bool wxGrid::DoMoveCursorByPage(const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper) | |
6352 | { | |
6353 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6354 | return false; | |
6355 | ||
6356 | if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) ) | |
6357 | return false; | |
6358 | ||
6359 | const int oldRow = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6360 | int newRow = diroper.MoveByPixelDistance(oldRow, m_gridWin->GetClientSize().y); | |
6361 | if ( newRow == oldRow ) | |
6362 | { | |
6363 | wxGridCellCoords coords(m_currentCellCoords); | |
6364 | diroper.Advance(coords); | |
6365 | newRow = coords.GetRow(); | |
6366 | } | |
6367 | ||
6368 | GoToCell(newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()); | |
6369 | ||
6370 | return true; | |
6371 | } | |
6372 | ||
6373 | bool wxGrid::MovePageUp() | |
6374 | { | |
6375 | return DoMoveCursorByPage( | |
6376 | wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())); | |
6377 | } | |
6378 | ||
6379 | bool wxGrid::MovePageDown() | |
6380 | { | |
6381 | return DoMoveCursorByPage( | |
6382 | wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())); | |
6383 | } | |
6384 | ||
6385 | // helper of DoMoveCursorByBlock(): advance the cell coordinates using diroper | |
6386 | // until we find a non-empty cell or reach the grid end | |
6387 | void | |
6388 | wxGrid::AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(wxGridCellCoords& coords, | |
6389 | const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper) | |
6390 | { | |
6391 | while ( !diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) ) | |
6392 | { | |
6393 | diroper.Advance(coords); | |
6394 | if ( !m_table->IsEmpty(coords) ) | |
6395 | break; | |
6396 | } | |
6397 | } | |
6398 | ||
6399 | bool | |
6400 | wxGrid::DoMoveCursorByBlock(bool expandSelection, | |
6401 | const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper) | |
6402 | { | |
6403 | if ( !m_table || m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6404 | return false; | |
6405 | ||
6406 | if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) ) | |
6407 | return false; | |
6408 | ||
6409 | wxGridCellCoords coords(m_currentCellCoords); | |
6410 | if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coords) ) | |
6411 | { | |
6412 | // we are in an empty cell: find the next block of non-empty cells | |
6413 | AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(coords, diroper); | |
6414 | } | |
6415 | else // current cell is not empty | |
6416 | { | |
6417 | diroper.Advance(coords); | |
6418 | if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coords) ) | |
6419 | { | |
6420 | // we started at the end of a block, find the next one | |
6421 | AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(coords, diroper); | |
6422 | } | |
6423 | else // we're in a middle of a block | |
6424 | { | |
6425 | // go to the end of it, i.e. find the last cell before the next | |
6426 | // empty one | |
6427 | while ( !diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) ) | |
6428 | { | |
6429 | wxGridCellCoords coordsNext(coords); | |
6430 | diroper.Advance(coordsNext); | |
6431 | if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coordsNext) ) | |
6432 | break; | |
6433 | ||
6434 | coords = coordsNext; | |
6435 | } | |
6436 | } | |
6437 | } | |
6438 | ||
6439 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
6440 | { | |
6441 | UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords); | |
6442 | } | |
6443 | else | |
6444 | { | |
6445 | ClearSelection(); | |
6446 | GoToCell(coords); | |
6447 | } | |
6448 | ||
6449 | return true; | |
6450 | } | |
6451 | ||
6452 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock(bool expandSelection) | |
6453 | { | |
6454 | return DoMoveCursorByBlock( | |
6455 | expandSelection, | |
6456 | wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()) | |
6457 | ); | |
6458 | } | |
6459 | ||
6460 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
6461 | { | |
6462 | return DoMoveCursorByBlock( | |
6463 | expandSelection, | |
6464 | wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()) | |
6465 | ); | |
6466 | } | |
6467 | ||
6468 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
6469 | { | |
6470 | return DoMoveCursorByBlock( | |
6471 | expandSelection, | |
6472 | wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations()) | |
6473 | ); | |
6474 | } | |
6475 | ||
6476 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
6477 | { | |
6478 | return DoMoveCursorByBlock( | |
6479 | expandSelection, | |
6480 | wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations()) | |
6481 | ); | |
6482 | } | |
6483 | ||
6484 | // | |
6485 | // ------ Label values and formatting | |
6486 | // | |
6487 | ||
6488 | void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const | |
6489 | { | |
6490 | if ( horiz ) | |
6491 | *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign; | |
6492 | if ( vert ) | |
6493 | *vert = m_rowLabelVertAlign; | |
6494 | } | |
6495 | ||
6496 | void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const | |
6497 | { | |
6498 | if ( horiz ) | |
6499 | *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign; | |
6500 | if ( vert ) | |
6501 | *vert = m_colLabelVertAlign; | |
6502 | } | |
6503 | ||
6504 | int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const | |
6505 | { | |
6506 | return m_colLabelTextOrientation; | |
6507 | } | |
6508 | ||
6509 | wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const | |
6510 | { | |
6511 | if ( m_table ) | |
6512 | { | |
6513 | return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row ); | |
6514 | } | |
6515 | else | |
6516 | { | |
6517 | wxString s; | |
6518 | s << row; | |
6519 | return s; | |
6520 | } | |
6521 | } | |
6522 | ||
6523 | wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const | |
6524 | { | |
6525 | if ( m_table ) | |
6526 | { | |
6527 | return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col ); | |
6528 | } | |
6529 | else | |
6530 | { | |
6531 | wxString s; | |
6532 | s << col; | |
6533 | return s; | |
6534 | } | |
6535 | } | |
6536 | ||
6537 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width ) | |
6538 | { | |
6539 | wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ); | |
6540 | ||
6541 | if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ) | |
6542 | { | |
6543 | width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW); | |
6544 | } | |
6545 | ||
6546 | if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth ) | |
6547 | { | |
6548 | if ( width == 0 ) | |
6549 | { | |
6550 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( false ); | |
6551 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false ); | |
6552 | } | |
6553 | else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 ) | |
6554 | { | |
6555 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( true ); | |
6556 | if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 ) | |
6557 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true ); | |
6558 | } | |
6559 | ||
6560 | m_rowLabelWidth = width; | |
6561 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
6562 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true ); | |
6563 | } | |
6564 | } | |
6565 | ||
6566 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height ) | |
6567 | { | |
6568 | wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ); | |
6569 | ||
6570 | if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ) | |
6571 | { | |
6572 | height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN); | |
6573 | } | |
6574 | ||
6575 | if ( height != m_colLabelHeight ) | |
6576 | { | |
6577 | if ( height == 0 ) | |
6578 | { | |
6579 | m_colWindow->Show( false ); | |
6580 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false ); | |
6581 | } | |
6582 | else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 ) | |
6583 | { | |
6584 | m_colWindow->Show( true ); | |
6585 | if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 ) | |
6586 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true ); | |
6587 | } | |
6588 | ||
6589 | m_colLabelHeight = height; | |
6590 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
6591 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true ); | |
6592 | } | |
6593 | } | |
6594 | ||
6595 | void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
6596 | { | |
6597 | if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour ) | |
6598 | { | |
6599 | m_labelBackgroundColour = colour; | |
6600 | m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
6601 | m_colWindow->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
6602 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
6603 | ||
6604 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6605 | { | |
6606 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6607 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
6608 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6609 | } | |
6610 | } | |
6611 | } | |
6612 | ||
6613 | void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
6614 | { | |
6615 | if ( m_labelTextColour != colour ) | |
6616 | { | |
6617 | m_labelTextColour = colour; | |
6618 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6619 | { | |
6620 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6621 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
6622 | } | |
6623 | } | |
6624 | } | |
6625 | ||
6626 | void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font ) | |
6627 | { | |
6628 | m_labelFont = font; | |
6629 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6630 | { | |
6631 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6632 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
6633 | } | |
6634 | } | |
6635 | ||
6636 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
6637 | { | |
6638 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used | |
6639 | switch ( horiz ) | |
6640 | { | |
6641 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; | |
6642 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; | |
6643 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
6644 | } | |
6645 | ||
6646 | switch ( vert ) | |
6647 | { | |
6648 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; | |
6649 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; | |
6650 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
6651 | } | |
6652 | ||
6653 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) | |
6654 | { | |
6655 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz; | |
6656 | } | |
6657 | ||
6658 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) | |
6659 | { | |
6660 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert; | |
6661 | } | |
6662 | ||
6663 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6664 | { | |
6665 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6666 | } | |
6667 | } | |
6668 | ||
6669 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
6670 | { | |
6671 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used | |
6672 | switch ( horiz ) | |
6673 | { | |
6674 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; | |
6675 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; | |
6676 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
6677 | } | |
6678 | ||
6679 | switch ( vert ) | |
6680 | { | |
6681 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; | |
6682 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; | |
6683 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
6684 | } | |
6685 | ||
6686 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) | |
6687 | { | |
6688 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz; | |
6689 | } | |
6690 | ||
6691 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) | |
6692 | { | |
6693 | m_colLabelVertAlign = vert; | |
6694 | } | |
6695 | ||
6696 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6697 | { | |
6698 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
6699 | } | |
6700 | } | |
6701 | ||
6702 | // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it | |
6703 | // does not support vertical printing | |
6704 | // | |
6705 | // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD); | |
6706 | // pGrid->SetLabelFont(font); | |
6707 | // pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL); | |
6708 | // | |
6709 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation ) | |
6710 | { | |
6711 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL ) | |
6712 | m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation; | |
6713 | ||
6714 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6715 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
6716 | } | |
6717 | ||
6718 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s ) | |
6719 | { | |
6720 | if ( m_table ) | |
6721 | { | |
6722 | m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s ); | |
6723 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6724 | { | |
6725 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 ); | |
6726 | if ( rect.height > 0 ) | |
6727 | { | |
6728 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y); | |
6729 | rect.x = 0; | |
6730 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
6731 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
6732 | } | |
6733 | } | |
6734 | } | |
6735 | } | |
6736 | ||
6737 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s ) | |
6738 | { | |
6739 | if ( m_table ) | |
6740 | { | |
6741 | m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s ); | |
6742 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6743 | { | |
6744 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
6745 | { | |
6746 | GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col); | |
6747 | } | |
6748 | else | |
6749 | { | |
6750 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col ); | |
6751 | if ( rect.width > 0 ) | |
6752 | { | |
6753 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y); | |
6754 | rect.y = 0; | |
6755 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
6756 | GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
6757 | } | |
6758 | } | |
6759 | } | |
6760 | } | |
6761 | } | |
6762 | ||
6763 | void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
6764 | { | |
6765 | if ( m_gridLineColour != colour ) | |
6766 | { | |
6767 | m_gridLineColour = colour; | |
6768 | ||
6769 | if ( GridLinesEnabled() ) | |
6770 | RedrawGridLines(); | |
6771 | } | |
6772 | } | |
6773 | ||
6774 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
6775 | { | |
6776 | if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour ) | |
6777 | { | |
6778 | m_cellHighlightColour = colour; | |
6779 | ||
6780 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
6781 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
6782 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
6783 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
6784 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6785 | } | |
6786 | } | |
6787 | ||
6788 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width) | |
6789 | { | |
6790 | if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width) | |
6791 | { | |
6792 | m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width; | |
6793 | ||
6794 | // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't | |
6795 | // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller. | |
6796 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6797 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
6798 | if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
6799 | return; | |
6800 | ||
6801 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
6802 | m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect); | |
6803 | } | |
6804 | } | |
6805 | ||
6806 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width) | |
6807 | { | |
6808 | if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width) | |
6809 | { | |
6810 | m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width; | |
6811 | ||
6812 | // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't | |
6813 | // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller. | |
6814 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6815 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
6816 | if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || | |
6817 | GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
6818 | return; | |
6819 | ||
6820 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
6821 | m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect); | |
6822 | } | |
6823 | } | |
6824 | ||
6825 | void wxGrid::RedrawGridLines() | |
6826 | { | |
6827 | // the lines will be redrawn when the window is thawn | |
6828 | if ( GetBatchCount() ) | |
6829 | return; | |
6830 | ||
6831 | if ( GridLinesEnabled() ) | |
6832 | { | |
6833 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
6834 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
6835 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() ); | |
6836 | } | |
6837 | else // remove the grid lines | |
6838 | { | |
6839 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
6840 | } | |
6841 | } | |
6842 | ||
6843 | void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable ) | |
6844 | { | |
6845 | if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
6846 | { | |
6847 | m_gridLinesEnabled = enable; | |
6848 | ||
6849 | RedrawGridLines(); | |
6850 | } | |
6851 | } | |
6852 | ||
6853 | void wxGrid::DoClipGridLines(bool& var, bool clip) | |
6854 | { | |
6855 | if ( clip != var ) | |
6856 | { | |
6857 | var = clip; | |
6858 | ||
6859 | if ( GridLinesEnabled() ) | |
6860 | RedrawGridLines(); | |
6861 | } | |
6862 | } | |
6863 | ||
6864 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const | |
6865 | { | |
6866 | return m_defaultRowHeight; | |
6867 | } | |
6868 | ||
6869 | int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const | |
6870 | { | |
6871 | wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") ); | |
6872 | ||
6873 | return GetRowHeight(row); | |
6874 | } | |
6875 | ||
6876 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const | |
6877 | { | |
6878 | return m_defaultColWidth; | |
6879 | } | |
6880 | ||
6881 | int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const | |
6882 | { | |
6883 | wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") ); | |
6884 | ||
6885 | return GetColWidth(col); | |
6886 | } | |
6887 | ||
6888 | // ============================================================================ | |
6889 | // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid | |
6890 | // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis | |
6891 | // ============================================================================ | |
6892 | ||
6893 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
6894 | // setting default attributes | |
6895 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
6896 | ||
6897 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col ) | |
6898 | { | |
6899 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col); | |
6900 | #ifdef __WXGTK__ | |
6901 | m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col); | |
6902 | #endif | |
6903 | } | |
6904 | ||
6905 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col ) | |
6906 | { | |
6907 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col); | |
6908 | } | |
6909 | ||
6910 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
6911 | { | |
6912 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
6913 | } | |
6914 | ||
6915 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow ) | |
6916 | { | |
6917 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow); | |
6918 | } | |
6919 | ||
6920 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font ) | |
6921 | { | |
6922 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font); | |
6923 | } | |
6924 | ||
6925 | // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the | |
6926 | // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string | |
6927 | // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to | |
6928 | // work correctly. | |
6929 | ||
6930 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) | |
6931 | { | |
6932 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, | |
6933 | renderer, | |
6934 | GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING)); | |
6935 | } | |
6936 | ||
6937 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor) | |
6938 | { | |
6939 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, | |
6940 | GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING), | |
6941 | editor); | |
6942 | } | |
6943 | ||
6944 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
6945 | // access to the default attributes | |
6946 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
6947 | ||
6948 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const | |
6949 | { | |
6950 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
6951 | } | |
6952 | ||
6953 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const | |
6954 | { | |
6955 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour(); | |
6956 | } | |
6957 | ||
6958 | wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const | |
6959 | { | |
6960 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont(); | |
6961 | } | |
6962 | ||
6963 | void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const | |
6964 | { | |
6965 | m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
6966 | } | |
6967 | ||
6968 | bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const | |
6969 | { | |
6970 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow(); | |
6971 | } | |
6972 | ||
6973 | wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const | |
6974 | { | |
6975 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); | |
6976 | } | |
6977 | ||
6978 | wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const | |
6979 | { | |
6980 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0); | |
6981 | } | |
6982 | ||
6983 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
6984 | // access to cell attributes | |
6985 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
6986 | ||
6987 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const | |
6988 | { | |
6989 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
6990 | wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
6991 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6992 | ||
6993 | return colour; | |
6994 | } | |
6995 | ||
6996 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const | |
6997 | { | |
6998 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
6999 | wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour(); | |
7000 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7001 | ||
7002 | return colour; | |
7003 | } | |
7004 | ||
7005 | wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const | |
7006 | { | |
7007 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7008 | wxFont font = attr->GetFont(); | |
7009 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7010 | ||
7011 | return font; | |
7012 | } | |
7013 | ||
7014 | void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const | |
7015 | { | |
7016 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7017 | attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
7018 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7019 | } | |
7020 | ||
7021 | bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const | |
7022 | { | |
7023 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7024 | bool allow = attr->GetOverflow(); | |
7025 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7026 | ||
7027 | return allow; | |
7028 | } | |
7029 | ||
7030 | void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const | |
7031 | { | |
7032 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7033 | attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols ); | |
7034 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7035 | } | |
7036 | ||
7037 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const | |
7038 | { | |
7039 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7040 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
7041 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7042 | ||
7043 | return renderer; | |
7044 | } | |
7045 | ||
7046 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const | |
7047 | { | |
7048 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7049 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
7050 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7051 | ||
7052 | return editor; | |
7053 | } | |
7054 | ||
7055 | bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const | |
7056 | { | |
7057 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7058 | bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly(); | |
7059 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7060 | ||
7061 | return isReadOnly; | |
7062 | } | |
7063 | ||
7064 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7065 | // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ... | |
7066 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7067 | ||
7068 | bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const | |
7069 | { | |
7070 | if ( !m_table ) | |
7071 | { | |
7072 | return false; | |
7073 | } | |
7074 | ||
7075 | return m_table->CanHaveAttributes(); | |
7076 | } | |
7077 | ||
7078 | void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache() | |
7079 | { | |
7080 | if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 ) | |
7081 | { | |
7082 | wxGridCellAttr *oldAttr = m_attrCache.attr; | |
7083 | m_attrCache.attr = NULL; | |
7084 | m_attrCache.row = -1; | |
7085 | // wxSafeDecRec(...) might cause event processing that accesses | |
7086 | // the cached attribute, if one exists (e.g. by deleting the | |
7087 | // editor stored within the attribute). Therefore it is important | |
7088 | // to invalidate the cache before calling wxSafeDecRef! | |
7089 | wxSafeDecRef(oldAttr); | |
7090 | } | |
7091 | } | |
7092 | ||
7093 | void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const | |
7094 | { | |
7095 | if ( attr != NULL ) | |
7096 | { | |
7097 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast | |
7098 | ||
7099 | self->ClearAttrCache(); | |
7100 | self->m_attrCache.row = row; | |
7101 | self->m_attrCache.col = col; | |
7102 | self->m_attrCache.attr = attr; | |
7103 | wxSafeIncRef(attr); | |
7104 | } | |
7105 | } | |
7106 | ||
7107 | bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const | |
7108 | { | |
7109 | if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col ) | |
7110 | { | |
7111 | *attr = m_attrCache.attr; | |
7112 | wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr); | |
7113 | ||
7114 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
7115 | gs_nAttrCacheHits++; | |
7116 | #endif | |
7117 | ||
7118 | return true; | |
7119 | } | |
7120 | else | |
7121 | { | |
7122 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
7123 | gs_nAttrCacheMisses++; | |
7124 | #endif | |
7125 | ||
7126 | return false; | |
7127 | } | |
7128 | } | |
7129 | ||
7130 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const | |
7131 | { | |
7132 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; | |
7133 | // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for | |
7134 | // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management. | |
7135 | if ( row >= 0 ) | |
7136 | { | |
7137 | if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) ) | |
7138 | { | |
7139 | attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any) | |
7140 | : NULL; | |
7141 | CacheAttr(row, col, attr); | |
7142 | } | |
7143 | } | |
7144 | ||
7145 | if (attr) | |
7146 | { | |
7147 | attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
7148 | } | |
7149 | else | |
7150 | { | |
7151 | attr = m_defaultCellAttr; | |
7152 | attr->IncRef(); | |
7153 | } | |
7154 | ||
7155 | return attr; | |
7156 | } | |
7157 | ||
7158 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const | |
7159 | { | |
7160 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; | |
7161 | bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes(); | |
7162 | ||
7163 | wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed")); | |
7164 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") ); | |
7165 | ||
7166 | attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell); | |
7167 | if ( !attr ) | |
7168 | { | |
7169 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
7170 | ||
7171 | // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller | |
7172 | attr->IncRef(); | |
7173 | m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
7174 | } | |
7175 | ||
7176 | return attr; | |
7177 | } | |
7178 | ||
7179 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7180 | // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr) | |
7181 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7182 | ||
7183 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col) | |
7184 | { | |
7185 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL); | |
7186 | } | |
7187 | ||
7188 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col) | |
7189 | { | |
7190 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER); | |
7191 | } | |
7192 | ||
7193 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision) | |
7194 | { | |
7195 | wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT; | |
7196 | if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) ) | |
7197 | { | |
7198 | typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision; | |
7199 | } | |
7200 | ||
7201 | SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName); | |
7202 | } | |
7203 | ||
7204 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName) | |
7205 | { | |
7206 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col ); | |
7207 | if (!attr) | |
7208 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
7209 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); | |
7210 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
7211 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName); | |
7212 | attr->SetEditor(editor); | |
7213 | ||
7214 | SetColAttr(col, attr); | |
7215 | ||
7216 | } | |
7217 | ||
7218 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7219 | // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table | |
7220 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7221 | ||
7222 | void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
7223 | { | |
7224 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7225 | { | |
7226 | m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
7227 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
7228 | } | |
7229 | else | |
7230 | { | |
7231 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
7232 | } | |
7233 | } | |
7234 | ||
7235 | void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
7236 | { | |
7237 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7238 | { | |
7239 | m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row); | |
7240 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
7241 | } | |
7242 | else | |
7243 | { | |
7244 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
7245 | } | |
7246 | } | |
7247 | ||
7248 | void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
7249 | { | |
7250 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7251 | { | |
7252 | m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col); | |
7253 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
7254 | } | |
7255 | else | |
7256 | { | |
7257 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
7258 | } | |
7259 | } | |
7260 | ||
7261 | void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) | |
7262 | { | |
7263 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7264 | { | |
7265 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
7266 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour); | |
7267 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7268 | } | |
7269 | } | |
7270 | ||
7271 | void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) | |
7272 | { | |
7273 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7274 | { | |
7275 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
7276 | attr->SetTextColour(colour); | |
7277 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7278 | } | |
7279 | } | |
7280 | ||
7281 | void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font ) | |
7282 | { | |
7283 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7284 | { | |
7285 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
7286 | attr->SetFont(font); | |
7287 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7288 | } | |
7289 | } | |
7290 | ||
7291 | void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert ) | |
7292 | { | |
7293 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7294 | { | |
7295 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
7296 | attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
7297 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7298 | } | |
7299 | } | |
7300 | ||
7301 | void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow ) | |
7302 | { | |
7303 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7304 | { | |
7305 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
7306 | attr->SetOverflow(allow); | |
7307 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7308 | } | |
7309 | } | |
7310 | ||
7311 | void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols ) | |
7312 | { | |
7313 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7314 | { | |
7315 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
7316 | ||
7317 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
7318 | attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols); | |
7319 | attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols); | |
7320 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7321 | ||
7322 | // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values | |
7323 | // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot | |
7324 | // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr. | |
7325 | // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn | |
7326 | wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)), | |
7327 | wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell")); | |
7328 | wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)), | |
7329 | wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1")); | |
7330 | ||
7331 | // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first | |
7332 | if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1)) | |
7333 | { | |
7334 | int i, j; | |
7335 | for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++) | |
7336 | { | |
7337 | for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++) | |
7338 | { | |
7339 | if ((i != col) || (j != row)) | |
7340 | { | |
7341 | wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i); | |
7342 | attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 ); | |
7343 | attr_stub->DecRef(); | |
7344 | } | |
7345 | } | |
7346 | } | |
7347 | } | |
7348 | ||
7349 | // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to | |
7350 | // negative or zero values to point back at this cell | |
7351 | if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1)) | |
7352 | { | |
7353 | int i, j; | |
7354 | for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++) | |
7355 | { | |
7356 | for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++) | |
7357 | { | |
7358 | if ((i != col) || (j != row)) | |
7359 | { | |
7360 | wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i); | |
7361 | attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i ); | |
7362 | attr_stub->DecRef(); | |
7363 | } | |
7364 | } | |
7365 | } | |
7366 | } | |
7367 | } | |
7368 | } | |
7369 | ||
7370 | void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) | |
7371 | { | |
7372 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7373 | { | |
7374 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
7375 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
7376 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7377 | } | |
7378 | } | |
7379 | ||
7380 | void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
7381 | { | |
7382 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7383 | { | |
7384 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
7385 | attr->SetEditor(editor); | |
7386 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7387 | } | |
7388 | } | |
7389 | ||
7390 | void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly) | |
7391 | { | |
7392 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7393 | { | |
7394 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
7395 | attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly); | |
7396 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7397 | } | |
7398 | } | |
7399 | ||
7400 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7401 | // Data type registration | |
7402 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7403 | ||
7404 | void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
7405 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
7406 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
7407 | { | |
7408 | m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
7409 | } | |
7410 | ||
7411 | ||
7412 | wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const | |
7413 | { | |
7414 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); | |
7415 | return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName); | |
7416 | } | |
7417 | ||
7418 | wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const | |
7419 | { | |
7420 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); | |
7421 | return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); | |
7422 | } | |
7423 | ||
7424 | wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const | |
7425 | { | |
7426 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); | |
7427 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
7428 | { | |
7429 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str())); | |
7430 | ||
7431 | return NULL; | |
7432 | } | |
7433 | ||
7434 | return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index); | |
7435 | } | |
7436 | ||
7437 | wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const | |
7438 | { | |
7439 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); | |
7440 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
7441 | { | |
7442 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str())); | |
7443 | ||
7444 | return NULL; | |
7445 | } | |
7446 | ||
7447 | return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index); | |
7448 | } | |
7449 | ||
7450 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7451 | // row/col size | |
7452 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7453 | ||
7454 | void wxGrid::DoDisableLineResize(int line, wxGridFixedIndicesSet *& setFixed) | |
7455 | { | |
7456 | if ( !setFixed ) | |
7457 | { | |
7458 | setFixed = new wxGridFixedIndicesSet; | |
7459 | } | |
7460 | ||
7461 | setFixed->insert(line); | |
7462 | } | |
7463 | ||
7464 | bool | |
7465 | wxGrid::DoCanResizeLine(int line, const wxGridFixedIndicesSet *setFixed) const | |
7466 | { | |
7467 | return !setFixed || !setFixed->count(line); | |
7468 | } | |
7469 | ||
7470 | void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable ) | |
7471 | { | |
7472 | m_canDragRowSize = enable; | |
7473 | } | |
7474 | ||
7475 | void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable ) | |
7476 | { | |
7477 | m_canDragColSize = enable; | |
7478 | } | |
7479 | ||
7480 | void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable ) | |
7481 | { | |
7482 | m_canDragGridSize = enable; | |
7483 | } | |
7484 | ||
7485 | void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable ) | |
7486 | { | |
7487 | m_canDragCell = enable; | |
7488 | } | |
7489 | ||
7490 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows ) | |
7491 | { | |
7492 | m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ); | |
7493 | ||
7494 | if ( resizeExistingRows ) | |
7495 | { | |
7496 | // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size, | |
7497 | // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms | |
7498 | // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of | |
7499 | // some speed optimisations) | |
7500 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); | |
7501 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); | |
7502 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7503 | CalcDimensions(); | |
7504 | } | |
7505 | } | |
7506 | ||
7507 | void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height ) | |
7508 | { | |
7509 | wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") ); | |
7510 | ||
7511 | // if < 0 then calculate new height from label | |
7512 | if ( height < 0 ) | |
7513 | { | |
7514 | long w, h; | |
7515 | wxArrayString lines; | |
7516 | wxClientDC dc(m_rowLabelWin); | |
7517 | dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont()); | |
7518 | StringToLines(GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines); | |
7519 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h ); | |
7520 | //check that it is not less than the minimal height | |
7521 | height = wxMax(h, GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()); | |
7522 | } | |
7523 | ||
7524 | // See comment in SetColSize | |
7525 | if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) | |
7526 | return; | |
7527 | ||
7528 | if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
7529 | { | |
7530 | // need to really create the array | |
7531 | InitRowHeights(); | |
7532 | } | |
7533 | ||
7534 | int h = wxMax( 0, height ); | |
7535 | int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row]; | |
7536 | ||
7537 | m_rowHeights[row] = h; | |
7538 | for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
7539 | { | |
7540 | m_rowBottoms[i] += diff; | |
7541 | } | |
7542 | ||
7543 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7544 | CalcDimensions(); | |
7545 | } | |
7546 | ||
7547 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols ) | |
7548 | { | |
7549 | // we dont allow zero default column width | |
7550 | m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 ); | |
7551 | ||
7552 | if ( resizeExistingCols ) | |
7553 | { | |
7554 | // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size, | |
7555 | // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights | |
7556 | // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of | |
7557 | // some speed optimisations) | |
7558 | m_colWidths.Empty(); | |
7559 | m_colRights.Empty(); | |
7560 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7561 | CalcDimensions(); | |
7562 | } | |
7563 | } | |
7564 | ||
7565 | void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width ) | |
7566 | { | |
7567 | wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") ); | |
7568 | ||
7569 | // if < 0 then calculate new width from label | |
7570 | if ( width < 0 ) | |
7571 | { | |
7572 | long w, h; | |
7573 | wxArrayString lines; | |
7574 | wxClientDC dc(m_colWindow); | |
7575 | dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont()); | |
7576 | StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines); | |
7577 | if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7578 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h ); | |
7579 | else | |
7580 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w ); | |
7581 | width = w + 6; | |
7582 | //check that it is not less than the minimal width | |
7583 | width = wxMax(width, GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth()); | |
7584 | } | |
7585 | ||
7586 | // we intentionally don't test whether the width is less than | |
7587 | // GetColMinimalWidth() here but we do compare it with | |
7588 | // GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() as otherwise things currently break (see | |
7589 | // #651) -- and we also always allow the width of 0 as it has the special | |
7590 | // sense of hiding the column | |
7591 | if ( width > 0 && width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() ) | |
7592 | return; | |
7593 | ||
7594 | if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
7595 | { | |
7596 | // need to really create the array | |
7597 | InitColWidths(); | |
7598 | } | |
7599 | ||
7600 | const int diff = width - m_colWidths[col]; | |
7601 | m_colWidths[col] = width; | |
7602 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
7603 | GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col); | |
7604 | //else: will be refreshed when the header is redrawn | |
7605 | ||
7606 | for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
7607 | { | |
7608 | m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff; | |
7609 | } | |
7610 | ||
7611 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7612 | { | |
7613 | CalcDimensions(); | |
7614 | Refresh(); | |
7615 | } | |
7616 | } | |
7617 | ||
7618 | void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width ) | |
7619 | { | |
7620 | if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth()) | |
7621 | { | |
7622 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col; | |
7623 | m_colMinWidths[key] = width; | |
7624 | } | |
7625 | } | |
7626 | ||
7627 | void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width ) | |
7628 | { | |
7629 | if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) | |
7630 | { | |
7631 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row; | |
7632 | m_rowMinHeights[key] = width; | |
7633 | } | |
7634 | } | |
7635 | ||
7636 | int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const | |
7637 | { | |
7638 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col; | |
7639 | wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key); | |
7640 | ||
7641 | return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth; | |
7642 | } | |
7643 | ||
7644 | int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const | |
7645 | { | |
7646 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row; | |
7647 | wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key); | |
7648 | ||
7649 | return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight; | |
7650 | } | |
7651 | ||
7652 | void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width ) | |
7653 | { | |
7654 | // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us | |
7655 | // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns. | |
7656 | if ( width >= 0 ) | |
7657 | m_minAcceptableColWidth = width; | |
7658 | } | |
7659 | ||
7660 | void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height ) | |
7661 | { | |
7662 | // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us | |
7663 | // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows. | |
7664 | if ( height >= 0 ) | |
7665 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height; | |
7666 | } | |
7667 | ||
7668 | int wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const | |
7669 | { | |
7670 | return m_minAcceptableColWidth; | |
7671 | } | |
7672 | ||
7673 | int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const | |
7674 | { | |
7675 | return m_minAcceptableRowHeight; | |
7676 | } | |
7677 | ||
7678 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7679 | // auto sizing | |
7680 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7681 | ||
7682 | void | |
7683 | wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction) | |
7684 | { | |
7685 | const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN; | |
7686 | ||
7687 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); | |
7688 | ||
7689 | // cancel editing of cell | |
7690 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
7691 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
7692 | ||
7693 | // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one | |
7694 | int row = -1, | |
7695 | col = -1; | |
7696 | if ( column ) | |
7697 | col = colOrRow; | |
7698 | else | |
7699 | row = colOrRow; | |
7700 | ||
7701 | wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0; | |
7702 | int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols; | |
7703 | for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ ) | |
7704 | { | |
7705 | if ( column ) | |
7706 | row = rowOrCol; | |
7707 | else | |
7708 | col = rowOrCol; | |
7709 | ||
7710 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7711 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
7712 | if ( renderer ) | |
7713 | { | |
7714 | wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col); | |
7715 | extent = column ? size.x : size.y; | |
7716 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
7717 | extentMax = extent; | |
7718 | ||
7719 | renderer->DecRef(); | |
7720 | } | |
7721 | ||
7722 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7723 | } | |
7724 | ||
7725 | // now also compare with the column label extent | |
7726 | wxCoord w, h; | |
7727 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
7728 | ||
7729 | if ( column ) | |
7730 | { | |
7731 | dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h ); | |
7732 | if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL ) | |
7733 | w = h; | |
7734 | } | |
7735 | else | |
7736 | dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h ); | |
7737 | ||
7738 | extent = column ? w : h; | |
7739 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
7740 | extentMax = extent; | |
7741 | ||
7742 | if ( !extentMax ) | |
7743 | { | |
7744 | // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less | |
7745 | // than default extent but != 0, it's OK) | |
7746 | extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight; | |
7747 | } | |
7748 | else | |
7749 | { | |
7750 | if ( column ) | |
7751 | // leave some space around text | |
7752 | extentMax += 10; | |
7753 | else | |
7754 | extentMax += 6; | |
7755 | } | |
7756 | ||
7757 | if ( column ) | |
7758 | { | |
7759 | // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the | |
7760 | // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done | |
7761 | // in SetColSize(). | |
7762 | if ( !setAsMin ) | |
7763 | extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(col)); | |
7764 | ||
7765 | SetColSize( col, extentMax ); | |
7766 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7767 | { | |
7768 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
7769 | { | |
7770 | GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col); | |
7771 | } | |
7772 | else | |
7773 | { | |
7774 | int cw, ch, dummy; | |
7775 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
7776 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) ); | |
7777 | rect.y = 0; | |
7778 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); | |
7779 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; | |
7780 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
7781 | GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
7782 | } | |
7783 | } | |
7784 | } | |
7785 | else | |
7786 | { | |
7787 | // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the | |
7788 | // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done | |
7789 | // in SetRowSize(). | |
7790 | if ( !setAsMin ) | |
7791 | extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(row)); | |
7792 | ||
7793 | SetRowSize(row, extentMax); | |
7794 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7795 | { | |
7796 | int cw, ch, dummy; | |
7797 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
7798 | wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) ); | |
7799 | rect.x = 0; | |
7800 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
7801 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
7802 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; | |
7803 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
7804 | } | |
7805 | } | |
7806 | ||
7807 | if ( setAsMin ) | |
7808 | { | |
7809 | if ( column ) | |
7810 | SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax); | |
7811 | else | |
7812 | SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax); | |
7813 | } | |
7814 | } | |
7815 | ||
7816 | wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction) | |
7817 | { | |
7818 | // calculate size for the rows or columns? | |
7819 | const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW; | |
7820 | ||
7821 | wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow() | |
7822 | : GetGridColLabelWindow()); | |
7823 | dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont()); | |
7824 | ||
7825 | // which dimension should we take into account for calculations? | |
7826 | // | |
7827 | // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows | |
7828 | // we also have to take into account the text orientation | |
7829 | const bool | |
7830 | useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL); | |
7831 | ||
7832 | wxArrayString lines; | |
7833 | wxCoord extentMax = 0; | |
7834 | ||
7835 | const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols; | |
7836 | for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ ) | |
7837 | { | |
7838 | lines.Clear(); | |
7839 | ||
7840 | wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol) | |
7841 | : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol); | |
7842 | StringToLines(label, lines); | |
7843 | ||
7844 | long w, h; | |
7845 | GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h); | |
7846 | ||
7847 | const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h; | |
7848 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
7849 | extentMax = extent; | |
7850 | } | |
7851 | ||
7852 | if ( !extentMax ) | |
7853 | { | |
7854 | // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less | |
7855 | // than default extent but != 0, it's OK) | |
7856 | extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize() | |
7857 | : GetDefaultColLabelSize(); | |
7858 | } | |
7859 | ||
7860 | // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow) | |
7861 | if ( calcRows ) | |
7862 | extentMax += 10; | |
7863 | else | |
7864 | extentMax += 6; | |
7865 | ||
7866 | return extentMax; | |
7867 | } | |
7868 | ||
7869 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) | |
7870 | { | |
7871 | int width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
7872 | ||
7873 | wxGridUpdateLocker locker; | |
7874 | if(!calcOnly) | |
7875 | locker.Create(this); | |
7876 | ||
7877 | for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
7878 | { | |
7879 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
7880 | AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin); | |
7881 | ||
7882 | width += GetColWidth(col); | |
7883 | } | |
7884 | ||
7885 | return width; | |
7886 | } | |
7887 | ||
7888 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) | |
7889 | { | |
7890 | int height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
7891 | ||
7892 | wxGridUpdateLocker locker; | |
7893 | if(!calcOnly) | |
7894 | locker.Create(this); | |
7895 | ||
7896 | for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
7897 | { | |
7898 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
7899 | AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin); | |
7900 | ||
7901 | height += GetRowHeight(row); | |
7902 | } | |
7903 | ||
7904 | return height; | |
7905 | } | |
7906 | ||
7907 | void wxGrid::AutoSize() | |
7908 | { | |
7909 | wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this); | |
7910 | ||
7911 | wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth, | |
7912 | SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight); | |
7913 | ||
7914 | // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to | |
7915 | // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct | |
7916 | // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars | |
7917 | SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, true); | |
7918 | ||
7919 | // restore the scroll rate parameters overwritten by SetScrollbars() | |
7920 | SetScrollRate(m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY); | |
7921 | ||
7922 | SetClientSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight); | |
7923 | } | |
7924 | ||
7925 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row ) | |
7926 | { | |
7927 | // Hide the edit control, so it | |
7928 | // won't interfere with drag-shrinking. | |
7929 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
7930 | { | |
7931 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
7932 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
7933 | } | |
7934 | ||
7935 | // autosize row height depending on label text | |
7936 | SetRowSize(row, -1); | |
7937 | ForceRefresh(); | |
7938 | } | |
7939 | ||
7940 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col ) | |
7941 | { | |
7942 | // Hide the edit control, so it | |
7943 | // won't interfere with drag-shrinking. | |
7944 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
7945 | { | |
7946 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
7947 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
7948 | } | |
7949 | ||
7950 | // autosize column width depending on label text | |
7951 | SetColSize(col, -1); | |
7952 | ForceRefresh(); | |
7953 | } | |
7954 | ||
7955 | wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const | |
7956 | { | |
7957 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast | |
7958 | ||
7959 | // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't | |
7960 | // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them | |
7961 | wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth, | |
7962 | self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight); | |
7963 | ||
7964 | // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to | |
7965 | // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this | |
7966 | // calculation. | |
7967 | // CacheBestSize(size); | |
7968 | ||
7969 | return wxSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight) | |
7970 | + GetWindowBorderSize(); | |
7971 | } | |
7972 | ||
7973 | void wxGrid::Fit() | |
7974 | { | |
7975 | AutoSize(); | |
7976 | } | |
7977 | ||
7978 | wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const | |
7979 | { | |
7980 | return wxNullPen; | |
7981 | } | |
7982 | ||
7983 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7984 | // cell value accessor functions | |
7985 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7986 | ||
7987 | void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s ) | |
7988 | { | |
7989 | if ( m_table ) | |
7990 | { | |
7991 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, s ); | |
7992 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7993 | { | |
7994 | int dummy; | |
7995 | wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
7996 | rect.x = 0; | |
7997 | rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); | |
7998 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
7999 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
8000 | } | |
8001 | ||
8002 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row && | |
8003 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col && | |
8004 | IsCellEditControlShown()) | |
8005 | // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled, | |
8006 | // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from | |
8007 | // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler. | |
8008 | { | |
8009 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
8010 | ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table | |
8011 | } | |
8012 | } | |
8013 | } | |
8014 | ||
8015 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8016 | // block, row and column selection | |
8017 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8018 | ||
8019 | void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected ) | |
8020 | { | |
8021 | if ( !m_selection ) | |
8022 | return; | |
8023 | ||
8024 | if ( !addToSelected ) | |
8025 | ClearSelection(); | |
8026 | ||
8027 | m_selection->SelectRow(row); | |
8028 | } | |
8029 | ||
8030 | void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected ) | |
8031 | { | |
8032 | if ( !m_selection ) | |
8033 | return; | |
8034 | ||
8035 | if ( !addToSelected ) | |
8036 | ClearSelection(); | |
8037 | ||
8038 | m_selection->SelectCol(col); | |
8039 | } | |
8040 | ||
8041 | void wxGrid::SelectBlock(int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol, | |
8042 | bool addToSelected) | |
8043 | { | |
8044 | if ( !m_selection ) | |
8045 | return; | |
8046 | ||
8047 | if ( !addToSelected ) | |
8048 | ClearSelection(); | |
8049 | ||
8050 | m_selection->SelectBlock(topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol); | |
8051 | } | |
8052 | ||
8053 | void wxGrid::SelectAll() | |
8054 | { | |
8055 | if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 ) | |
8056 | { | |
8057 | if ( m_selection ) | |
8058 | m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 ); | |
8059 | } | |
8060 | } | |
8061 | ||
8062 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8063 | // cell, row and col deselection | |
8064 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8065 | ||
8066 | void wxGrid::DeselectLine(int line, const wxGridOperations& oper) | |
8067 | { | |
8068 | if ( !m_selection ) | |
8069 | return; | |
8070 | ||
8071 | const wxGridSelectionModes mode = m_selection->GetSelectionMode(); | |
8072 | if ( mode == oper.GetSelectionMode() || | |
8073 | mode == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns ) | |
8074 | { | |
8075 | const wxGridCellCoords c(oper.MakeCoords(line, 0)); | |
8076 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(c) ) | |
8077 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(c); | |
8078 | } | |
8079 | else if ( mode != oper.Dual().GetSelectionMode() ) | |
8080 | { | |
8081 | const int nOther = oper.Dual().GetNumberOfLines(this); | |
8082 | for ( int i = 0; i < nOther; i++ ) | |
8083 | { | |
8084 | const wxGridCellCoords c(oper.MakeCoords(line, i)); | |
8085 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(c) ) | |
8086 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(c); | |
8087 | } | |
8088 | } | |
8089 | //else: can only select orthogonal lines so no lines in this direction | |
8090 | // could have been selected anyhow | |
8091 | } | |
8092 | ||
8093 | void wxGrid::DeselectRow(int row) | |
8094 | { | |
8095 | DeselectLine(row, wxGridRowOperations()); | |
8096 | } | |
8097 | ||
8098 | void wxGrid::DeselectCol(int col) | |
8099 | { | |
8100 | DeselectLine(col, wxGridColumnOperations()); | |
8101 | } | |
8102 | ||
8103 | void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col ) | |
8104 | { | |
8105 | if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) ) | |
8106 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col); | |
8107 | } | |
8108 | ||
8109 | bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const | |
8110 | { | |
8111 | return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() || | |
8112 | ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8113 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) ); | |
8114 | } | |
8115 | ||
8116 | bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const | |
8117 | { | |
8118 | return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) || | |
8119 | ( row >= m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow() && | |
8120 | col >= m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol() && | |
8121 | row <= m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow() && | |
8122 | col <= m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol() )) ); | |
8123 | } | |
8124 | ||
8125 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const | |
8126 | { | |
8127 | if (!m_selection) | |
8128 | { | |
8129 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; | |
8130 | return a; | |
8131 | } | |
8132 | ||
8133 | return m_selection->m_cellSelection; | |
8134 | } | |
8135 | ||
8136 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const | |
8137 | { | |
8138 | if (!m_selection) | |
8139 | { | |
8140 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; | |
8141 | return a; | |
8142 | } | |
8143 | ||
8144 | return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft; | |
8145 | } | |
8146 | ||
8147 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const | |
8148 | { | |
8149 | if (!m_selection) | |
8150 | { | |
8151 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; | |
8152 | return a; | |
8153 | } | |
8154 | ||
8155 | return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight; | |
8156 | } | |
8157 | ||
8158 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const | |
8159 | { | |
8160 | if (!m_selection) | |
8161 | { | |
8162 | wxArrayInt a; | |
8163 | return a; | |
8164 | } | |
8165 | ||
8166 | return m_selection->m_rowSelection; | |
8167 | } | |
8168 | ||
8169 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const | |
8170 | { | |
8171 | if (!m_selection) | |
8172 | { | |
8173 | wxArrayInt a; | |
8174 | return a; | |
8175 | } | |
8176 | ||
8177 | return m_selection->m_colSelection; | |
8178 | } | |
8179 | ||
8180 | void wxGrid::ClearSelection() | |
8181 | { | |
8182 | wxRect r1 = BlockToDeviceRect(m_selectedBlockTopLeft, | |
8183 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight); | |
8184 | wxRect r2 = BlockToDeviceRect(m_currentCellCoords, | |
8185 | m_selectedBlockCorner); | |
8186 | ||
8187 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = | |
8188 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = | |
8189 | m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
8190 | ||
8191 | if ( !r1.IsEmpty() ) | |
8192 | RefreshRect(r1, false); | |
8193 | if ( !r2.IsEmpty() ) | |
8194 | RefreshRect(r2, false); | |
8195 | ||
8196 | if ( m_selection ) | |
8197 | m_selection->ClearSelection(); | |
8198 | } | |
8199 | ||
8200 | // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block | |
8201 | // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window. | |
8202 | // | |
8203 | wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, | |
8204 | const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight ) const | |
8205 | { | |
8206 | wxRect resultRect; | |
8207 | wxRect tempCellRect = CellToRect(topLeft); | |
8208 | if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
8209 | { | |
8210 | resultRect = tempCellRect; | |
8211 | } | |
8212 | else | |
8213 | { | |
8214 | resultRect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0); | |
8215 | } | |
8216 | ||
8217 | tempCellRect = CellToRect(bottomRight); | |
8218 | if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
8219 | { | |
8220 | resultRect += tempCellRect; | |
8221 | } | |
8222 | else | |
8223 | { | |
8224 | // If both inputs were "wxGridNoCellRect," then there's nothing to do. | |
8225 | return wxGridNoCellRect; | |
8226 | } | |
8227 | ||
8228 | // Ensure that left/right and top/bottom pairs are in order. | |
8229 | int left = resultRect.GetLeft(); | |
8230 | int top = resultRect.GetTop(); | |
8231 | int right = resultRect.GetRight(); | |
8232 | int bottom = resultRect.GetBottom(); | |
8233 | ||
8234 | int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol(); | |
8235 | int topRow = topLeft.GetRow(); | |
8236 | int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol(); | |
8237 | int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow(); | |
8238 | ||
8239 | if (left > right) | |
8240 | { | |
8241 | int tmp = left; | |
8242 | left = right; | |
8243 | right = tmp; | |
8244 | ||
8245 | tmp = leftCol; | |
8246 | leftCol = rightCol; | |
8247 | rightCol = tmp; | |
8248 | } | |
8249 | ||
8250 | if (top > bottom) | |
8251 | { | |
8252 | int tmp = top; | |
8253 | top = bottom; | |
8254 | bottom = tmp; | |
8255 | ||
8256 | tmp = topRow; | |
8257 | topRow = bottomRow; | |
8258 | bottomRow = tmp; | |
8259 | } | |
8260 | ||
8261 | // The following loop is ONLY necessary to detect and handle merged cells. | |
8262 | int cw, ch; | |
8263 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
8264 | ||
8265 | // Get the origin coordinates: notice that they will be negative if the | |
8266 | // grid is scrolled downwards/to the right. | |
8267 | int gridOriginX = 0; | |
8268 | int gridOriginY = 0; | |
8269 | CalcScrolledPosition(gridOriginX, gridOriginY, &gridOriginX, &gridOriginY); | |
8270 | ||
8271 | int onScreenLeftmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX); | |
8272 | int onScreenUppermostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY); | |
8273 | ||
8274 | int onScreenRightmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX + cw); | |
8275 | int onScreenBottommostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY + ch); | |
8276 | ||
8277 | // Bound our loop so that we only examine the portion of the selected block | |
8278 | // that is shown on screen. Therefore, we compare the Top-Left block values | |
8279 | // to the Top-Left screen values, and the Bottom-Right block values to the | |
8280 | // Bottom-Right screen values, choosing appropriately. | |
8281 | const int visibleTopRow = wxMax(topRow, onScreenUppermostRow); | |
8282 | const int visibleBottomRow = wxMin(bottomRow, onScreenBottommostRow); | |
8283 | const int visibleLeftCol = wxMax(leftCol, onScreenLeftmostCol); | |
8284 | const int visibleRightCol = wxMin(rightCol, onScreenRightmostCol); | |
8285 | ||
8286 | for ( int j = visibleTopRow; j <= visibleBottomRow; j++ ) | |
8287 | { | |
8288 | for ( int i = visibleLeftCol; i <= visibleRightCol; i++ ) | |
8289 | { | |
8290 | if ( (j == visibleTopRow) || (j == visibleBottomRow) || | |
8291 | (i == visibleLeftCol) || (i == visibleRightCol) ) | |
8292 | { | |
8293 | tempCellRect = CellToRect( j, i ); | |
8294 | ||
8295 | if (tempCellRect.x < left) | |
8296 | left = tempCellRect.x; | |
8297 | if (tempCellRect.y < top) | |
8298 | top = tempCellRect.y; | |
8299 | if (tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width > right) | |
8300 | right = tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width; | |
8301 | if (tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height > bottom) | |
8302 | bottom = tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height; | |
8303 | } | |
8304 | else | |
8305 | { | |
8306 | i = visibleRightCol; // jump over inner cells. | |
8307 | } | |
8308 | } | |
8309 | } | |
8310 | ||
8311 | // Convert to scrolled coords | |
8312 | CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top ); | |
8313 | CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom ); | |
8314 | ||
8315 | if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch) | |
8316 | return wxRect(0,0,0,0); | |
8317 | ||
8318 | resultRect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) ); | |
8319 | resultRect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) ); | |
8320 | resultRect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) ); | |
8321 | resultRect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) ); | |
8322 | ||
8323 | return resultRect; | |
8324 | } | |
8325 | ||
8326 | void wxGrid::DoSetSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo, | |
8327 | const wxGridOperations& oper) | |
8328 | { | |
8329 | BeginBatch(); | |
8330 | oper.SetDefaultLineSize(this, sizeInfo.m_sizeDefault, true); | |
8331 | const int numLines = oper.GetNumberOfLines(this); | |
8332 | for ( int i = 0; i < numLines; i++ ) | |
8333 | { | |
8334 | int size = sizeInfo.GetSize(i); | |
8335 | if ( size != sizeInfo.m_sizeDefault) | |
8336 | oper.SetLineSize(this, i, size); | |
8337 | } | |
8338 | EndBatch(); | |
8339 | } | |
8340 | ||
8341 | void wxGrid::SetColSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo) | |
8342 | { | |
8343 | DoSetSizes(sizeInfo, wxGridColumnOperations()); | |
8344 | } | |
8345 | ||
8346 | void wxGrid::SetRowSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo) | |
8347 | { | |
8348 | DoSetSizes(sizeInfo, wxGridRowOperations()); | |
8349 | } | |
8350 | ||
8351 | wxGridSizesInfo::wxGridSizesInfo(int defSize, const wxArrayInt& allSizes) | |
8352 | { | |
8353 | m_sizeDefault = defSize; | |
8354 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < allSizes.size(); i++ ) | |
8355 | { | |
8356 | if ( allSizes[i] != defSize ) | |
8357 | m_customSizes[i] = allSizes[i]; | |
8358 | } | |
8359 | } | |
8360 | ||
8361 | int wxGridSizesInfo::GetSize(unsigned pos) const | |
8362 | { | |
8363 | wxUnsignedToIntHashMap::const_iterator it = m_customSizes.find(pos); | |
8364 | ||
8365 | return it == m_customSizes.end() ? m_sizeDefault : it->second; | |
8366 | } | |
8367 | ||
8368 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8369 | // drop target | |
8370 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8371 | ||
8372 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP | |
8373 | ||
8374 | // this allow setting drop target directly on wxGrid | |
8375 | void wxGrid::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget) | |
8376 | { | |
8377 | GetGridWindow()->SetDropTarget(dropTarget); | |
8378 | } | |
8379 | ||
8380 | #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP | |
8381 | ||
8382 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8383 | // grid event classes | |
8384 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8385 | ||
8386 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
8387 | ||
8388 | wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
8389 | int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel, | |
8390 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
8391 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ), | |
8392 | wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta) | |
8393 | { | |
8394 | Init(row, col, x, y, sel); | |
8395 | ||
8396 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
8397 | } | |
8398 | ||
8399 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
8400 | ||
8401 | wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
8402 | int rowOrCol, int x, int y, | |
8403 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
8404 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ), | |
8405 | wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta) | |
8406 | { | |
8407 | Init(rowOrCol, x, y); | |
8408 | ||
8409 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
8410 | } | |
8411 | ||
8412 | ||
8413 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
8414 | ||
8415 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
8416 | const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, | |
8417 | const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight, | |
8418 | bool sel, bool control, | |
8419 | bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
8420 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ), | |
8421 | wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta) | |
8422 | { | |
8423 | Init(topLeft, bottomRight, sel); | |
8424 | ||
8425 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
8426 | } | |
8427 | ||
8428 | ||
8429 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent) | |
8430 | ||
8431 | wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type, | |
8432 | wxObject* obj, int row, | |
8433 | int col, wxControl* ctrl) | |
8434 | : wxCommandEvent(type, id) | |
8435 | { | |
8436 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
8437 | m_row = row; | |
8438 | m_col = col; | |
8439 | m_ctrl = ctrl; | |
8440 | } | |
8441 | ||
8442 | ||
8443 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8444 | // wxGridTypeRegistry | |
8445 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8446 | ||
8447 | wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry() | |
8448 | { | |
8449 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount(); | |
8450 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
8451 | delete m_typeinfo[i]; | |
8452 | } | |
8453 | ||
8454 | void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
8455 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
8456 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
8457 | { | |
8458 | wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
8459 | ||
8460 | // is it already registered? | |
8461 | int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); | |
8462 | if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
8463 | { | |
8464 | delete m_typeinfo[loc]; | |
8465 | m_typeinfo[loc] = info; | |
8466 | } | |
8467 | else | |
8468 | { | |
8469 | m_typeinfo.Add(info); | |
8470 | } | |
8471 | } | |
8472 | ||
8473 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
8474 | { | |
8475 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount(); | |
8476 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
8477 | { | |
8478 | if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName ) | |
8479 | { | |
8480 | return i; | |
8481 | } | |
8482 | } | |
8483 | ||
8484 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
8485 | } | |
8486 | ||
8487 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
8488 | { | |
8489 | int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); | |
8490 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
8491 | { | |
8492 | // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case | |
8493 | // register it "on the fly" | |
8494 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
8495 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING ) | |
8496 | { | |
8497 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, | |
8498 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, | |
8499 | new wxGridCellTextEditor); | |
8500 | } | |
8501 | else | |
8502 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
8503 | #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
8504 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL ) | |
8505 | { | |
8506 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL, | |
8507 | new wxGridCellBoolRenderer, | |
8508 | new wxGridCellBoolEditor); | |
8509 | } | |
8510 | else | |
8511 | #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
8512 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
8513 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER ) | |
8514 | { | |
8515 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER, | |
8516 | new wxGridCellNumberRenderer, | |
8517 | new wxGridCellNumberEditor); | |
8518 | } | |
8519 | else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT ) | |
8520 | { | |
8521 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT, | |
8522 | new wxGridCellFloatRenderer, | |
8523 | new wxGridCellFloatEditor); | |
8524 | } | |
8525 | else | |
8526 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
8527 | #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
8528 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE ) | |
8529 | { | |
8530 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE, | |
8531 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, | |
8532 | new wxGridCellChoiceEditor); | |
8533 | } | |
8534 | else | |
8535 | #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
8536 | { | |
8537 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
8538 | } | |
8539 | ||
8540 | // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return | |
8541 | // the last index | |
8542 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; | |
8543 | } | |
8544 | ||
8545 | return index; | |
8546 | } | |
8547 | ||
8548 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
8549 | { | |
8550 | int index = FindDataType(typeName); | |
8551 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
8552 | { | |
8553 | // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':' | |
8554 | // are the parameters for the renderer | |
8555 | index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':'))); | |
8556 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
8557 | { | |
8558 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
8559 | } | |
8560 | ||
8561 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index); | |
8562 | wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer; | |
8563 | renderer = renderer->Clone(); | |
8564 | rendererOld->DecRef(); | |
8565 | ||
8566 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index); | |
8567 | wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor; | |
8568 | editor = editor->Clone(); | |
8569 | editorOld->DecRef(); | |
8570 | ||
8571 | // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults | |
8572 | wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':')); | |
8573 | renderer->SetParameters(params); | |
8574 | editor->SetParameters(params); | |
8575 | ||
8576 | // register the new typename | |
8577 | RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
8578 | ||
8579 | // we just registered it, it's the last one | |
8580 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; | |
8581 | } | |
8582 | ||
8583 | return index; | |
8584 | } | |
8585 | ||
8586 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index) | |
8587 | { | |
8588 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer; | |
8589 | if (renderer) | |
8590 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
8591 | ||
8592 | return renderer; | |
8593 | } | |
8594 | ||
8595 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index) | |
8596 | { | |
8597 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor; | |
8598 | if (editor) | |
8599 | editor->IncRef(); | |
8600 | ||
8601 | return editor; | |
8602 | } | |
8603 | ||
8604 | #endif // wxUSE_GRID |